Latest revision as of 23:12, 14 August 2025

The information in this Wiki Page applies to Surveyor 2.0 (S20) as found in Trainz Plus and TRS22 Platinum.
There is a companion Wiki Page,

How to Use S20 Tools, that covers the Surveyor 2.0 Tools and the palettes that control how they work.

1 The Trainz Plus World
- 1.1 Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows
- 1.2 Docking and Undocking Palettes
- 1.3 Resizing Palettes and Windows
- 1.4 Minimise Maximise Close
2 The Info Palette
- 2.1 Palette Coordinates
- 2.2 Info Settings Menu
- 2.3 Focus Info and Controls
- 2.4 Asset Name Menu
- 2.5 Object Name
- 2.6 Position Info and Controls
- 2.7 Rotation Info and Controls
- 2.8 Layer Info and Controls
- 2.9 Assigning Objects to a Different Layer
- 2.10 Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer
3 The Tools Palette
- 3.1 The Brush Tool
- 3.2 The Placement Tool
- 3.3 The Eyedropper Tool
- 3.4 The Free Move Tool
- 3.5 The Fine Adjustment Tool
- 3.6 The Marquee Tool
4 The Tool Options Palette
- 4.1 Tool Options Popups
- 4.2 Tool Options Active Controls
5 The Assets Palette
- 5.1 Using the Assets Palette
- 5.2 Expanding the Assets List View
- 5.3 Thumbnail View
- 5.4 Picklists and Search Filters
6 The Filter Palette
- 6.1 Filter Actions
- 6.2 Filter Selections
  - 6.2.1 Using the Filter and Assets Palettes
- 6.3 Filter Toggles
- 6.4 Bulk Replace Asset Tool (Trainz Plus Only)
7 The Layers Palette
- 7.1 Lock the Route Layer Group
- 7.2 Open a Layer Group
- 7.3 Add a New Layer
- 7.4 Renaming a Layer
- 7.5 Deleting a Layer
- 7.6 Moving a Layer
- 7.7 Merging a Layer
- 7.8 Hiding Layers
- 7.9 Locking Layers
- 7.10 Setting the Active Layer
- 7.11 Move an Object to Another Layer
8 The Scrapbook Palette
- 8.1 Creating a New Scrapbook
- 8.2 Painting or Pasting a Scrapbook
9 The Asset Preview Palette
10 The Content Packages Palette
- 10.1 Content Package Details
- 10.2 Testing the Packages
- 10.3 Dealing with Unsupported Assets
- 10.4 Apply and Upload
11 The Driver Control Center
- 11.1 Adding a Driver
- 11.2 Assigning Drivers
- 11.3 Switching Drivers
- 11.4 Driver Properties
  - 11.4.1 In Surveyor and Driver
  - 11.4.2 In Driver
- 11.5 Driver Location
  - 11.5.1 Train Properties
  - 11.5.2 Script Properties
- 11.6 Player Assignment
- 11.7 Command Status
- 11.8 Activity Log
12 The Dispatch Manager Window
- 12.1 Dispatch Settings
  - 12.1.1 Dispatch Status
  - 12.1.2 Restart Stuck AI
- 12.2 Dispatch Controls
- 12.3 Dispatch Filters
- 12.4 Item Status
13 Managing Drivers
14 Managing Industries
- 14.1 Configuring an Industry
- 14.2 Preload an Industry
- 14.3 Legacy Industries
15 Managing Consists
- 15.1 Configuring a Consist
- 15.2 Loading Consists in Surveyor (Incl Locomotives)
- 15.3 Loading Consists in Driver
16 The Logs Palette
17 The Session Options Window
18 The Commodity Picker Window
19 The Session Info Window
20 The Waybill Window
21 The Schedule Info Window
22 Trainz Wiki

Navigation Icons used in this Document

	at Chapter Headings to jump to the top/bottom of the document
	at Chapter Headings to jump to the next or previous Chapter e.g. 1. to 2. to 3., etc
	within Chapters to jump to the next or previous Section e.g. 6.1 to 6.2 to 6.3, etc
	within Sections to return to the current Chapter Heading e.g. 6.3 back to 6.0
	within Sections to jump to the next or previous Sub-section e.g. 12.1.1 to 12.1.2, etc
Link	Internal link to another section within this document
Link	External link to another document

Colour Coded Labels used in this Document
Palette	Name of a palette e.g. Assets Palette
Option	Drop Down Menu option e.g. Copy
Key	Keystroke or keystroke combination e.g. Shift or Ctrl + C
Control	A control setting in the Tool Options Palette e.g. Radius
Mouse	An action to be performed using the mouse e.g. Left Click and Drag

[edit] The Trainz Plus World

When you start Trainz Plus and TRS22 Platinum the world presented will look something like the following images, but what you actually see can be highly customised to your own preferences.

Surveyor 2.0

S20 SurveyorScreen.png

The dark grey strips on the left and right of the screen contain Palettes that have been Docked into the positions shown. Palettes are where selections can be made, information displayed and controls set.

The main difference between a Palette and a Window is that palettes can be docked or grouped together, windows cannot. All those listed in the

Window Menu in Surveyor can be docked so they are Palettes.

Shown in the image above are 6 Palettes from top left to bottom right:-
	Layers
	Filter
	Assets
	Tools
	Tool Options
	Info

Not shown are 6 more Palettes that have been hidden from view:-

	Scrapbook
	Asset Preview
	Content Packages
	Dispatch Manager - in Trainz Plus only this is also a window in Driver
	Logs
	Drivers

Driver

The main difference between a Palette and a Window is that palettes can be docked or grouped together, windows cannot. All those listed in the

Window Menu in Driver cannot be docked so they are Windows.

All the windows in Driver are normally hidden.

S20 DriverScreen.png

Shown in the image above are 2 Windows:-
	Session Options
	Commodity Picker

Not shown are 5 more Windows:-

	Session Info
	Driver Control Center
	Dispatch Manager - in Trainz Plus only this is also a palette in Surveyor
	Waybills
	Schedule Info

[edit] Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows

Palettes and Windows, in both Surveyor and Driver, are hidden and revealed using the

Window Menu.

In Surveyor the visible/hidden state of each palette will be saved when you close the program. When you restart each palette will be returned to that last saved state.

The visible and hidden Palettes and Windows in the screenshots shown above have had their visibility set by:-

Surveyor

Driver

Steps: To Hide or Show a palette/window:-

Left Click on the

Window Menu

	The popup menu will show:-
	visible palettes/windows have ticks next to their names - this includes those that are visible but minimised
	invisible (hidden) palettes/windows have no ticks next to their names
	minimised palettes and windows (e.g. the Mini Map or Drivers as shown in the images) are also listed below the bottom dividing line

To hide a visible palette or window, or to reveal an invisible one, simply Left Click on its name OR on the

icon next to its name

To show a minimised palette or window Left Click on its name

See also Minimise Maximise Close below.

The Dispatch Manager window found in Trainz Plus only is located under the

Tools Menu in both Surveyor and Driver

	Hiding the Menu Bar and Side Panels
	In Surveyor you can Hide the Menu Bar and all the palettes docked in the two side panels. Press the Ctrl + Space keys to hide and show the menu bar and the side panels. This will not hide those palettes and windows that are undocked and "free floating". See the Tips in Minimise Maximise Close for an additional option.

[edit] Docking and Undocking Palettes

	Palettes in Surveyor are normally Docked, locked into fixed positions on both sides of the Surveyor Screen. They can be Undocked and freed to move anywhere on the screen.
	Windows in Driver are Undocked and are free to move anywhere on the screen. They cannot be Docked.

Notes:

	In Surveyor the docked or undocked state and position of each palette will be saved when you close the program. When you restart each palette will be returned to that last saved state.
	In Driver the position of a window will NOT be saved when you close the program.

Undocking a Palette

Steps: To Undock a palette from its docked position on either side of the screen:-

Move the mouse pointer onto the Title Bar of the palette to be undocked. The pointer will take the shape of a 4 headed arrow

Left Click& and Drag#160; the palette to any position on the screen

Release the mouse button in the new position

	Notes:
	If an Undocked palette is Hidden or Minimised and made Visible again it will be returned to its previous Undocked position
	If an Undocked palette is Closed and reopened again it will be returned to its previous Undocked position

All palettes that are docked to the two sidebars on the screen can be hidden by pressing the Ctrl + Space keys. Another press of the same keys will reveal them again.
The palettes that are Undocked and "free floating" will not be hidden and can still be used. This is a good way to clear out some of the screen real estate to provide more working space

Docking a Palette

Steps: To reverse the process and dock a palette:-
	Move the mouse pointer onto the Title Bar of the free palette that is to be docked

	Left Click and Drag the palette to the desired position in a docking area. A light grey area will show the palettes docking position

	Release the mouse button and the palette

The palette does not have to be returned to its original position.

Free floating (Undocked) palettes can be docked together in Surveyor to form a docked group that is still free floating

[edit] Resizing Palettes and Windows

	Only Surveyor palettes that are Undocked can be resized. Some palettes have to be resized to display all their available information.
	Most Driver windows cannot be resized.

	In Surveyor the resized state of each palette will be saved when you close the program. When you restart each palette will be returned to that last saved state.
	In Driver the resized state of a window will NOT be saved when you close the program.

Steps: To resize a palette or window:-

Move the mouse pointer onto any corner or onto an edge (left, right or bottom) of the palette/window. When it is in the correct position the pointer "mouse" arrow will change to a "two headed" arrow - if it does not change then it is a window that cannot be resized.

Left Click and Drag the pointer to expand or reduce the size of the palette or window. Palettes and windows have a maximum and minimum size beyond which they cannot be extended or reduced

Release the mouse button when the palette or window has reached the required size

	Notes:
	If a resized palette is Hidden or Minimised and made Visible again it will be returned to its previous size
	If a resized palette is Closed and reopened again it will be returned to its previous size

If a resized palette is returned to a docking area on either side of the screen then its dimensions will return to its default (original) values

[edit] Minimise Maximise Close

	Minimising will hide a palette or window but retain its size and position data.
	Maximising will return a palette or window to the screen using its last size and position data.
	Closing will remove a palette or window from the screen but its size and position data will be saved. When it is next opened it will be shown on the screen using its last size and position data.

Notes:

All Surveyor palettes can be minimised

Only two Driver windows can be minimised:-

	Session Options, and
	Driver Control Center

The image below shows a Surveyor 2.0 screen with an open window box (the Find Object Tool) and two Undocked palettes (Info and Layers)

Each of the windows and palettes shown can be:-
Options:

individually Minimised by a Left Click on the - icon in each of their top menu bars

individually Closed by a Left Click on the x icon in each of their top menu bars

simultaneously Minimised in a single action from the

Window Menu by selecting Minimise All Windows

Minimising will "remember" the size and position of a palette or window so that it can later be restored to the same size and position

Notes:

A Left Click on the

Window Menu will show all the palettes and windows, visible and hidden, plus any that are minimised.

In the image shown on the left the minimised windows are listed at the bottom of the menu list in the Minimised Windows Area as Find Object, Info and Layers. Layers is also shown with the name of the currently selected layer.

Note that the Layers and Info palettes are listed twice - once with a

icon in the Palette Area, which indicates that they are "active", and again in the Minimised Windows Area at the bottom, which indicates that they are "active" but "minimised".

Steps: To Maximise a palette or window:-

Left Click on its name or title in the Minimised Windows Area at the bottom of the list.

DO NOT click on the name of the palette or window shown with the

icon in the upper Palettes section - this will CLOSE it

	1 Hiding the Menu Bar and Side Panels
	In Surveyor you can Hide the Menu Bar and all the palettes docked in the two side panels. Press the Ctrl + Space keys to hide and show the menu bar and the side panels. This will not hide those palettes and windows that are undocked and "free floating"
	2 Minimising All the Undocked Palettes and Windows
	In Surveyor and Driver you can Minimise all the "free floating" palettes and windows by selecting the Minimize All Windows option from the Windows Menu. This will not hide the menu bar and the palettes that are docked in the two side panels. The minimized palettes and windows will appear at the bottom of the Windows Menu drop down list so they can be maximised and returned to the screen
You can combine both Tips 1 and 2 above in Surveyor to clear the screen of all items that are not part of your Trainz World

[edit] The Info Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

If the Info Palette is not visible on the screen then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document. Some Info Palette functions will also require the Assets Palette and the Tool Options Palette .

This palette can be easily overlooked but it has some very useful features:-
	naming objects
	providing precise data and control over the "focus" - the position of the cursor
	providing precise data and control over the position and orientation of objects (it can be used instead of the Free Move Tool and the Fine Adjustment Tool)
	identifying and setting the "home" layer and binding layer of a selected object
	used for locking and unlocking a selected objects layer

The components of the Info Palette are identified in the image below.

	Every item in the palette can be edited.
	Each of the small arrowhead icons in the palette will open to display more information and controls or a drop down menu of options.

	The Asset Name is the name given to the asset by its creator and the name that will appear in the asset list of Content Manager and in the Assets Palette
	The Object Name is the optional name that you have given the object so that it can be quickly located in the route and/or session. Some objects, such as station name signs, will require an Object Name that will be visible in Surveyor and Driver

[edit] Palette Coordinates

All the positional data and controls in the Info Palette are defined in the following ways:-

x:

is ALWAYS the North-South compass direction regardless of the direction that an object is facing

y:

is ALWAYS the East-West compass direction regardless of the direction that an object is facing

z:

is ALWAYS the Vertical direction (perpendicular to the compass directions) regardless of how an object has been rolled or tilted

	Notes:
	distances are measured in metres from the North-West corner of the first baseboard. If that baseboard is later deleted then distances will still be measured from its original and now "virtual" North-West corner.
	+ positive distances are in the South , East and Up directions
	- negative distances are in the North , West and Down directions
	New boards added to the North of the first baseboard will have negative x coordinates and new boards added to the West of the first baseboard will have negative y coordinates.

[edit] Info Settings Menu

All the Focus, Position and Rotation settings have drop down menus that allow values to be transferred to and from other settings and other tools.

Steps:

Left Click on the small arrowhead icon next to one of the labels Focus: Pos: or Rot: to open up its list of settings

Right Click inside an Info Palette setting box

The first time the popup menu is opened it will only show two active options - Paste and Select All.

Paste

will paste the contents of your Operating System (Windows, MacOS) clipboard into the setting. If data is already present then the pasted data will be added to it, not replace it. To replace the contents use the Select All option first (see below) then the Paste option

Select All

will highlight the contents of the selected setting. You can also achieve this with a Left Click and Drag across the contents of the setting

Right Click inside the same Info Palette setting box

Once the value in a setting has been selected (highlighted) the popup menu will show all options as active.

Cut	will copy the contents of the selected setting into your Operating System clipboard. The contents will then be deleted from the setting

Copy	will copy the contents of the selected setting into your Operating System clipboard without deleting it

Delete will delete the contents of the selected setting. You can also achieve this with a Left Click and Drag across the contents and then press the Delete key

Next to the z: value in both the Focus and Position settings is a small white down arrowhead. Left Click on the arrowhead to open its menu.

There is only one option in the sub-menu.

Left Click on the Use Height for Brush option to copy the current z: value to the Tool Options Palette Height setting.

[edit] Focus Info and Controls

The Focus shows the current position and height of the Cursor object

Steps: To Edit the Cursor Position (Focus) data

Left Click on the Arrowhead icon in front of the Focus: label. This will open its data for editing.

The x: , y: and z: text boxes show the current position (focus) of the cursor with z: showing its height. The x: and y: values can be edited to move the cursor to a new position. Editing the z: value has no effect.

	On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments down to centimetres
	Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. Right Click inside the box to open its menu list - see Info Settings Menu above for the details

The height ( z: ) value can be copied into the Tool Options Palette Height setting (open the down arrowhead next the z: value) and select the option Use Height for Brush

If you enter an x: or y: value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the cursor will be moved to a point on the baseboard edge that is the closest to the entered co-ordinates.

If it has not been deleted you can identify the North-West corner of the original (first) baseboard by entering 0 as the Focus: x: and y: co-ordinates.

If, after entering the co-ordinates, the focus changes to another set of co-ordinates then the original (first) baseboard has been deleted. The focus will move to a position on the nearest current baseboard that is closest to the original 0, 0 (North-West corner) co-ordinates.

[edit] Asset Name Menu

"Asset Name" refers to the name of the asset as displayed in the Assets Palette and in Content Manager. This is not the same as the Object Name (see the next section)

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the Asset Name data to be shown. If more than one object has been selected then you will be shown the Asset Name for the last object selected
	If different objects (with different <kuid> codes) have been selected then a count of the additional objects will be added. The (+2) shown in the object name in the image on the left indicates that 2 additional different objects are in the group of selected objects.

Steps: To Open the Menu of a selected Asset or Assets
	Next to the Asset Name is a small white Arrowhead icon. Left Click on the arrowhead to open the asset menu

Asset Name Menu Options

Copy	copies the asset name and <kuid> into your operating systems clipboard. If more than two assets have been selected then only the first two will be copied

Show Asset Details

opens a new window showing the image and description of the selected object

List Assets in New Window

opens up Content Manager and lists all the selected objects

Add to Picklist

adds selected objects to a Picklist

Remove from Picklist

NOT WORKING (a known bug)
use this same option found in the Filter Palette or Content Manager instead

Select in Assets Palette

selects and highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette

[edit] Object Name

"Object Name" refers to the name that you give to an object

You can give any object in your Trainz World an identifying name. In some cases a name is vital for AI and session operations, in other cases it will be needed as a display feature - for example: to be shown on a station nameboard. You must have the object (or objects) selected for this option to be available. If more than one object has been selected then only the last object (the one with the Context Icon) will be given a name

Steps: To name (or rename) an object:-

In the Info Palette Left Click inside the Name: text entry box

If the Name: text entry box is greyed out and cannot be selected then the layer containing the object is locked. Use the Layer: Layer Info and Controls to unlock the layer. Then reselect the object and try again

Enter or edit the name

Press the Enter key

KNOWN BUG: Changes to the name of a Track Object will not save unless something else in the route is also edited. The following additional step is a workaround when renaming Track Objects

If you are renaming a track object (e.g. a signal) then move a non-track object (e.g. a tree) before saving. If you have already edited something else in the route but not yet saved then this step will not be necessary

If more than one object has been selected then only the last selected object, the one with the Context Icon, will be named.

There is no ban on two or more objects using the same name

In the image shown on the left there are 4 objects all named Old Orroroo Rd.

This will not cause any problems for scenery objects apart from finding the exact one you want with the Finder Tool ( Ctrl + F keys) as shown in the image on the left - Which of the 4 "Old Orroroo Rd" objects is the one that I need?

	WARNING: Duplicate names will cause problems for Industries (including passenger enabled stations), Locomotives, Track Marks, Triggers, Switches, Signals, etc that have to be identified to control the operation of a session.
These objects must have unique names

[edit] Position Info and Controls

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the Position Info and Controls to be edited. If more than one object has been selected then you will be shown the data for the last object selected

Steps: To Edit the Position Info of a selected Object or Objects

Left Click on the Arrowhead icon in front of the Pos: label. This will open its data for editing.

The x: , y: and z: text boxes show the current position of the object with z: showing the height. These values can be edited to move the object or objects to a new position but CARE will be needed - see Notes: below. If any selected object is in a locked layer then it will not move.

	On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments down to centimetres
	Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. Right Click inside the box to open its menu list - see Info Settings Menu above for the details

The height ( z: ) value can be copied into the Tool Options Palette Height setting (open the down arrowhead next the z: value) and select the option Use Height for Brush

Notes:

If you enter an x: or y: value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the objects will be moved to that position and may vanish from view. The Undo ( Ctrl + Z ) command can be used to immediately reverse the move or the

Marquee Tool can be used to add a baseboard under the "floating" objects if you know where they are located. You can also use the

Marquee Tool to select those objects and delete them. Note: The compass rose cannot be moved beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard

The z: value gives the current height of the object (or the last object selected). Entering a value that is above or below the ground height will move the object to that height. In the case of multiple selected objects the height of each will be adjusted up or down by the same value, they will not be all set to the same height.

[edit] Rotation Info and Controls

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the Rotation Info and Controls to be edited. If more than one object has been selected then you will be shown the data for the last object selected

If this option is greyed out (shown as Rot: ) and cannot be opened then the selected object (splines for example) cannot be rotated using this method or it cannot be rotated at all. It may be possible to rotate it using some of the Rotational Anchors found in the

Fine Adjustment Tool

Steps: To Edit the Rotation Info of a selected Object or Objects

Left Click on the Arrowhead icon in front of the Rot: label. This will open its data for editing.

The r: (Roll), p: (Pitch) and y: (Yaw) text boxes show the current orientation of the object (or the last selected object). These values can be edited to rotate the object or objects in 3D space but Terms and Conditions will apply (see the Notes: below). If any selected object is in a locked layer then it will not rotate.

	On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments of 1°
	Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. Right Click inside the box to open its menu list - see Info Settings Menu above for the details

	Notes:
	If several objects have been selected then the last selected object, the one with the Context Icon, will be the centre of all rotations.
	Not all objects will allow rotations. For example, SpeedTree objects can only be rotated using the y: value, changes to the r: and p: values will be ignored. Spline objects can only be rotated using the Blue and Red Rotational Anchors found in the Fine Adjustment Tool

Notes:

The rotation data and controls are defined in the following ways:-

r:	ALWAYS rotates in the vertical plane around the selected objects Y axis (which was defined when it was created). This is the same as the Red Rotational Anchor in the Fine Adjustment Tool
p:	ALWAYS rotates in the vertical plane around the selected objects Y axis PLUS 90°. This is the same as the Green Rotational Anchor in the Fine Adjustment Tool
y:	ALWAYS rotates in the horizontal plane around the compass Z or Vertical axis regardless of how the object has been rolled or pitched. This is similar to but NOT exactly the same as the Blue Rotational Anchor in the Fine Adjustment Tool. The difference will become obvious if the object has had a roll or pitch rotation applied before the yaw rotation

Rot: y: =

0° East

90° North

180° West

270° South

Original	Roll: r: = 45	Pitch: p: = 45	Yaw: y: = 45
	All rotations shown are 45° in the + (anticlockwise) direction as viewed in the direction of the axis


	Some objects will NOT allow Roll or Pitch rotations
	all angles are measured in degrees
	+ positive angles are anticlockwise when viewed facing the rotation axis direction
	- negative angles are clockwise when viewed facing the rotation axis direction
	angles greater than 360° can be entered but will give the same result as the angle minus 360°. For example: 450° is exactly the same angle as 90° (450°-360°=90°)
	clockwise and anti-clockwise angles are complementary. For example: entering -270° (clockwise) will give the same angle as entering +90° (anticlockwise)

[edit] Layer Info and Controls

	Notes:
	the Info Palette is best used to show and edit the layer and binding layer assignments of individual selected objects
	operations such as creating, deleting, merging, renaming, moving and hiding layers are performed using the Layers Palette
	layers can be Locked and Unlocked using the Info Palette or the Layers Palette but the Layers Palette is often the better choice for these tasks

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the layer data to be shown and edited. The name of the layer containing the selected object (or objects) will be shown next to the Layer: label. The label can be opened by a Left Click on its small arrowhead icon.
If the layer name is shown as - then multiple objects have been selected and not all of them are in the same layer. If this is a problem then see the Tips: below.

If you only want to select objects that are in the same layer, then one strategy is:-

	Deselect all the objects. Either Left Click on an empty space on the baseboard or press the Ctrl + D keys
	Select, Left Click on, a single starting object
	Shift + Left Click on a second object to add to the selection If the layer name does not disappear then repeat this step with each object to be added until the layer name disappears
	When the layer name disappears deselect the last object selected - Shift + Left Click on it again

Another strategy is to hide a layer (or layers) to prevent its objects from being selected. Locking a layer will not prevent its objects from being selected.

Steps: To Lock or Unlock a Selected Objects Layer:-

Left Click on the Arrowhead icon in front of the Layer: title. This will open the Layer Controls for editing.

The names of two layers will be shown. The current Assigned Layer (see

Assigning Objects to Layers below) for the object and its Binding Layer (see

Assigning a Binding Layer below). Below that will be two buttons.

The top button will show the current Locked/Unlocked status of the layer containing the selected object. There are two possible states for the button:-

Indicates that the layer is currently Unlocked. Left Click on this button to Lock the layer

Indicates that the layer is currently Locked. Left Click on this button to Unlock the layer
Clicking this button will also change the Locked or Unlocked padlock icon shown next to the layer name in the Layers Palette

AssetsPaletteLockedUnlockedLayers S20.png

Notes:

	Objects in a Locked Layer cannot be deleted or moved
	Locked Layers can be deleted, moved and merged with other layers

The lower button will change the Active Layer to the layer that contains this object. See

Assigning Objects to Layers below for details on setting the Active Layer.

[edit] Assigning Objects to a Different Layer

The Active Layer is the layer used by the Placement Tool when objects are added to your Trainz World.

A selected object or group of objects can be assigned to a different layer. If multiple objects have been selected then they do not all have to be in the same layer BUT their current layer or layers must be unlocked. The destination layer can be locked and this will not stop the layer reassignment.

Steps: To change the assigned layer of an object or group of objects:-

Left Click inside the Layer: text box. A drop down list of all the layers in the route and session will be shown. The layer currently containing the selected object (for a single selected object only) will be shown with a

in front of its name

Left Click on the name of the destination layer shown in the drop down list but first read the Warning below

Any object that is in a locked layer will not be reassigned to the new layer

The layer reassignment will start the instant the destination layer is selected. If you see a Debugging Window on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed or if it has failed (usually because a layer is locked)

Once a target layer has been selected then the Select Layer button, which sets the Active Layer, will become active IF the target layer is not already the Active Layer. A Left Click on this button will set it as the Active Layer.

You can also set the Active Layer by selecting its name from the list in the Layers Palette .

WARNING:

	Setting a layer for an object or a group of selected objects will move them to that layer
	If objects are moved from one layer group to another (such as from the Route Layers to the Session Layers) then it will change where those objects are saved (in the Route or in the Session)

Options: To set current layer to the Active Layer:-
If the Select Layer button is greyed out
	then the selected object is now assigned to the current Active Layer so there is no need to use this option
If it is NOT greyed out
	then the selected object is now assigned to a layer that is not the current Active Layer. Left Click on the Select Layer button to switch the Active Layer to the same layer as the object

[edit] Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer

	The Binding Layer, or Bound Layer as it is also called, is a tool used in the development of your Trainz World
	Setting a Binding Layer allows you to temporarily assign an object to a second layer while it is still in its original layer. The object will then take on the properties (Locked or Unlocked, Hidden or Visible) of both layers.
	Setting a Binding Layer has NO effect on where an object is saved (in the Route or the Session) or on any of the properties of the object

Assigned Layer	Binding Layer	Object Status

Unlocked	or None	Unlocked
LOCKED	or or None	LOCKED
Unlocked	LOCKED	LOCKED

Visible	or None	Visible
HIDDEN	or or None	HIDDEN
Visible	HIDDEN	HIDDEN

In Summary:-
	If the Assigned Layer or the Binding Layer of an object is Locked then the object will be Locked
	If the Assigned Layer or the Binding Layer of an object is Hidden then the object will be Hidden

	Notes:
	Objects in a Hidden Layer cannot be seen and therefore, cannot be selected, deleted or moved
	The Layers Palette is the ONLY way to create, delete, name and hide layers

Some examples of using the Binding Layer:- Example 1:
The problem:	You need to stop an object from being selected so that you can you move other objects on or around it
The solution:	Use the Layers Palette to create a new empty layer and lock it. Set the Binding Layer of the object to the new locked layer. The object will then be locked so it cannot be selected or moved even though its original layer is unlocked. When the edit has been completed delete the empty locked layer you just created to unlock all its bound objects and remove all their bindings
Example 2:
The problem:	A group of objects (e.g trees) are blocking access to another object.
The solution:	Use the Layers Palette to create a new empty layer and hide it. Set the Binding Layer of the blocking objects to the new hidden layer. The blocking objects will no longer be visible and cannot be selected even though their original layer is still visible. When the edit has been completed delete the empty hidden layer you just created to make all its bound objects visible and remove all their bindings

Steps: To change the assigned binding layer of an object or group of objects:-

Left Click inside the Binding: text box. A drop down list of all the layers in the route and session will be shown except, for a single selected object only, the current layer for that object - an object cannot be bound to its own layer. The current binding layer (if already set) will be shown with a

in front of its name

Left Click on the name of the destination layer shown in the drop down list. Selecting the layer <none> will remove any set binding layer from the object or objects

The object layer and the binding layer do not have to be unlocked. All the objects do not have to be in the same layer

Assigning the binding layer will start the instant the layer is selected

If a Binding Layer is deleted then all the objects bound to that layer will have their Binding Layer reset to <none>

As an example, the image below shows what you will see for a single object that has had:-

	its assigned layer changed (in the example from "route-layer" to "Station Industries")
	its binding layer set (in the example to "Multi Industries")
	the newly assigned layer is locked so you have the option to UNLOCK it
	the newly assigned layer is not the Active Layer so you have the option to make it the Active Layer

More information on creating, editing and using Layers can be found on the Trainz Wiki at:-

How to Use Layers

[edit] The Tools Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

If the Tools Palette is not visible on the screen then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document

The Tools Palette is at the core of the new interface and takes the place of all the Tool Flyouts that have been the standard for Trainz Surveyor for many years. Some of the tools are new while others have been given a makeover and new abilities. The tools manipulate the Surveyor World you see in many different ways.

The Context Tool is attached as an icon to a selected or newly placed object. The icon and its Context menu will vary according to the type of object.

Various brush tools make use of the Tool Options Palette , the Assets Palette , the Info Palette , the Layers Palette and the Scrapbook Palette . If a palette required by one of the brush tools is not visible on the screen then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document.

[edit] The Brush Tool

Keyboard Shortcut: W

The Brush Tool "paints" the ground height, ground textures, effect layers and scrapbook scenes in the Trainz World

The Brush Tool has two drop down menu lists.

The first drop down menu will set the "Brush Target" which is the type of brush.

The Targets are:-

	Ground Height
	Ground Texture
	Scrapbook Data
	*<List of Effect Layers>*
	Edit Effect Layers

If you have any Effect Layers then they will appear as Targets in this drop down list. Select an Effect Layer to use the brush to paint with that layer.

The Brush Targets Ground Height , Scrapbook Data and Effect Layers have a second drop down menu that controls the Brush Action.

For more detailed information on using the Brush Tool see the Trainz Wiki page

How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Tools

[edit] The Placement Tool

Keyboard Shortcut: E

The Placement Tool adds objects to a Trainz World

The Placement Tool places all types of objects except ground textures and effect layers. Use the Brush Tool to add ground textures and effect layers.
	all non-spline scenery assets	all spline scenery assets
	all track spline assets	all track (non spline) assets (signals, etc)
	all rolling stock assets

For more detailed information on using the Placement Tool see the Trainz Wiki page

How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Tools

[edit] The Eyedropper Tool

Keyboard Shortcut: R

The Eyedropper Tool identifies and selects objects in a Trainz World

The Eyedropper is also inside all the tools in this palette so you can quickly identify any object without having to switch to the Eyedropper Tool and back again. Hold down the Alt key to activate this feature in other tools

For more detailed information on using the Eyedropper Tool see the Trainz Wiki page

How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Tools

[edit] The Free Move Tool

Keyboard Shortcut: S

The Free Move Tool moves objects around a Trainz World

Notes:

The Free Move Tool can move any selected object or objects (except Ground Textures and Effect Layers) in any direction horizontally. Vertical movements can be achieved by using the Height control in the Tool Options Palette .

For more detailed information on using the

Free Move Tool see the Trainz Wiki page

How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Tools

[edit] The Fine Adjustment Tool

Keyboard Shortcut: D

The Fine Adjustment Tool makes 3D adjustments (XYZ position and rotations) to objects in a Trainz World

Notes:

The Fine Adjustment Tool can move any selected object or objects (except Ground Textures and Effect Layers) in any direction horizontally and vertically. It can also rotate those objects through 3 different axes of rotation.

The most obvious feature of the

Fine Adjustment Tool is the 3D Anchor Frame it adds to a selected object. The frame is made of 3 straight and 3 curved coloured lines, called Anchors, which control position and orientation.

The Anchor controls are:-

The Horizontal and Vertical Anchors
Red Green Blue	move the object (forward and back, or up and down) in the direction of the Anchor line
The Rotational Anchors
Red Green Blue	rotate the object (clockwise and anti-clockwise) along the Anchor arc line. Note: Not all objects will allow rotations in all directions
The Object Anchor
(black central dot) moves the object in any horizontal direction

For more detailed information on using the

Fine Adjustment Tool see the Trainz Wiki page

How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Tools

[edit] The Marquee Tool

Keyboard Shortcut: F

The Marquee Tool selects and copies objects, deletes baseboards, adds new baseboards and sets their properties, adds texture to baseboards in a Trainz World, creates scrapbooks

Notes:

	The Marquee Tool draws out a rectangular area, the Marquee Selection Area, on the route. Any objects (including Ground Heights, Ground Textures and Effect Layers) that are inside the Marquee Selection Area or touched by its boundary can be selected to be added to a Scrapbook, moved, rotated or deleted (scenery objects only)
	The Marquee Selection Area can be drawn outside the baseboards to add new baseboards or over existing baseboards to delete or convert them

For more detailed information on using the Marquee Tool see the Trainz Wiki page

How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Tools

[edit] The Tool Options Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

If the Tool Options Palette is not visible on the screen then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document

This palette is used by various tools to set controls and parameters. For a detailed description of all the options presented by the Tools Palette for the different tools, see the Trainz Wiki page

How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Tools

All the Tool Options controls and settings are shown in the image below. The controls are shown in the image as being "inactive". An "active" control will have its icon (to the left of the control name) shown in Gold . Different Brush Types and Brush Actions will activate different controls.

Radius

All Brushes the brush radius (metres)

Range:

5m and above for 5m and 10m grid resolutions

0.12m and above for HD Terrain (available in Trainz Plus only)

For Effect Layers the minimum brush size will vary. See Notes: below

Height

Set Ground Height Water Effect Layer Object Placement the brush or object height (metres)

Range:

-3000m to 3000m

Sensitivity

Ground Heights Ground Textures Scrapbook Data Water Effect Layers
Color Effect Layer the rate at which the ground height/water layer is raised/lowered or the texture being "painted" becomes visible

Range:

1% (very slowly) to
100% (very quickly)

Grade

Ground Height Grade Water Effect Layer Spline Object Placement the slope of the ground, spline or water effect layer

Range:

0% (flat) to
±100% (steep but not vertical)

Angle

Ground Height Grade Water Effect Layer grade direction (compass degrees)

Range:

0° (North) to ±359°
a negative value reverses the grade direction

Rotation

Ground Textures Scrapbook Data initial rotation angle (degrees)

Range:

0° to ±360°

Scale

Ground Textures Scrapbook Data (Clone Brush) the brush scaling factor

Range:

0.01% = smallest to

100% = full size to

>100% larger than full size

Intensity

TurfFX & Clutter Effect Layers the effect layer density within the brush area

Range:

1% (almost none) to
100% (maximum)

Condition

Track Spline Object Placement sets the track condition (or "ride comfort") for each segment

Range:

1% (terrible track condition) to

50% (average track condition) to
100% (perfect track condition)

Shape

Scrapbook Data brush shape

Options:

Circle and Square will set the brush to the selected shape
Natural will set the brush to the same shape as the Marquee that created the scrapbook, which may be rectangular

Color

Color Effect Layer colour selection (RGB and Brightness values) - Trainz Plus only

Range:

Left Click on the coloured box next to the title Color to open the colour selector. Set a Colour: Select a colour by either:-
	a Left Click on the colour in the colour picker device, OR
	enter its RGB value in Hexadecimal
Optionally: Set a brightness value for the selected colour by moving the slider up or down
Reset: Left Click the Reset button (the circular arrow on the bottom right) to cancel your changes and reset the colour to its default value. This default value is set using the Edit Effect Layer... - see Edit Color Effect Layer below

	On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments
	Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. Right Click inside the box to open its menu list - see Info Settings Menu above for the details

Notes:

Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the program performance will decrease as the brush radius increases. If you are using the brush to set an entire baseboard, or many baseboards, to a specific height then the Marquee Tool would be a better choice.

The Grade is defined as vertical rise divided by horizontal distance converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a slope formed by the height and distance both being the same value (e.g. a height increase of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical slope (e.g. a cliff) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.

The Rotation controls the starting angle for placing a scrapbook or a texture when painting and is often used to avoid pattern repetition. As in Surveyor Classic, holding down the [ or ] keys while painting a texture will continuously change the rotation angle

For TurfFX and Clutter effect layers the minimum brush Radius will depend on the configuration settings (asset density, resources used, etc) of the layer that is being painted. If the Radius setting is below the minimum for the selected layer then the brush circle will turn red and it will not paint

Warning:
Setting extreme values for the Scale and the Radius when using the Scrapbook Data Clone Brush can cause performance issues (i.e. long delays) while the program attempts to scale and clone the scrapbook contents

[edit] Tool Options Popups

Most of the data entry boxes in the Tool Options Palette have a Popup Menu. Right Click inside a box to bring up its menu

Tool Popup Common Options for Radius Angle Sensitivity Rotation Scale Intensity
Cut	copies and deletes the highlighted value in the data entry box into your Operating System (Windows, MacOS) clipboard
Copy	copies the highlighted value in the data entry box to your Operating System clipboard
Paste	copies the value from your Operating System clipboard into the data entry box
Delete	deletes the highlighted value in the data entry box
Select All	selects (highlights) the current value in the data entry box

Highlight the value in the text box (use a Left Click and Drag over the data entry or Left Click the Select All option first) before choosing the Cut , Copy or Delete options above

Tool Popup Options for Height
All of the Tool Popup Common Options above plus ...
Get Height from Selection	copies the Height value of the Selected Object and places it into the data entry box
Get Height at Compass	copies the Height value of the Compass Rose and places it into the data entry box. This is the Focus z value from the Info Palette
Set Height to Selection	applies the Height value to the Selected Object

Tool Popup Options for Grade
All of the Tool Popup Common Options above plus ...
Get Grade from Selection	copies the Grade value of the Selected Object and places it into the data entry box
Set Grade to Selection	applies the Grade value to the Selected Object

The Grade setting only applies to Spline Objects, Ground Heights (Grade) and Water Effect Layers

Tool Popup Options for Condition
All of the Tool Popup Common Options above plus ...
Get Condition from Selection	copies the Condition value of the Selected Track Spline and places it into the data entry box
Set Condition to Selection	applies the Condition value to the Selected Track Spline

The Condition setting only applies to Track Spline Objects

[edit] Tool Options Active Controls

Different Tool Palette and Brush Type selections will activate different option controls

Some examples of when the controls will become active are:-

If a Brush Tool is selected then the exact controls that will be active will vary between the different brushes and brush actions. For example, selecting the Ground Height Brush and the Set Height brush action will active the following Tool Options.

Radius

the brush radius (metres)

Range:

5m and above for 5m and 10m grid resolutions
0.12m and above for HD Terrain (available in Trainz Plus only)

Height

the exact height, in metres, that the ground will be raised (or lowered) to

Range:

-3000m to +3000m

Sensitivity

the speed at which the ground height will be changed

Range:

1% (very slowly) to
100% (very quickly)

	On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments
	Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. Right Click inside the box to open its menu list - see Info Settings Menu above for the details

If a Track Spline Object is selected with the

Free Move Tool or the

Fine Adjustment Tool then the following Tool Options will become active.

Grade

the track gradient. A positive grade will set the 2^nd endpoint higher than the 1^st. A negative grade will set the 2^nd endpoint lower than the 1^st.

Range:

0% = flat ("Plateau" in Classic) to
±100% = steep (but not vertical)

Condition

the track condition of each track segment

Range:

1% (terrible track condition) to

50% (average track condition) to
100% (perfect track condition)

	Use the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool to select multiple track segments and set their track condition simultaneously
	The Track Condition can also be set for each individal track segment in its Context Menu Edit Properties option
	On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments

If the Scrapbook Data Brush is selected to paint the current Scrapbook into the Trainz World then certain controls that will affect the painting of the Scrapbook will, depending on the brush action selected, become active.

Scrapbook Brush
Brush options

Scrapbook Clone
Clone options

Radius

the brush radius (metres)

Range:

5m and above for 5m and 10m grid resolutions
0.12m and above for HD Terrain (available in Trainz Plus only)

Sensitivity

if the Ground Height option has been enabled in the Scrapbook Palette filter settings, then this will set the rate or speed at which the ground height will change

Range:

1% (very slowly) to
100% (very quickly)

Rotation

the starting angle (or orientation) of the scrapbook

Range:

0° to ±360° (larger angles can be entered)

Scale

the scaling factor as a % used by the Scrapbook Clone action

Range:

0.01% = smallest to

100% = full size to

>100% larger than full size

Shape

the physical shape of the scrapbook brush

Options:		Circle and Square will set the brush to the selected shape with the Radius setting the brush size
	Natural will set the brush to the same shape as the Marquee that created the scrapbook, which may be rectangular. The Radius setting will scale the brush size

	On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments
	Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. Right Click inside the box to open its menu list - see Info Settings Menu above for the details

Warning:
Setting both a large Radius and a small Scale will cause performance issues

More examples and more detailed descriptions of the Tool Options Palette Active Controls can be found on the Trainz Wiki at:-

How to Use S20 Tools: The Brush Tool

[edit] The Assets Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

	The Assets Palette provides lists of assets that can be used with the Placement Tool, Free Move Tool, Fine Adjustment Tool, Marquee Tool and the Eyedropper Tool.
	The Filter Palette provides the tools used to narrow down the lists provided by the Assets Palette .

If the Assets Palette and the Filter Palette are not visible on the screen then refer to Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document.

From Trainz Plus and TRS22PE SP4 build number 126273 (July 2024) and later the filter functions that were originally in the Assets Palette have been moved to the new Filter Palette . To use the filters ensure that the Filter Palette is visible on the screen

When using the Eyedropper - either the Eyedropper Tool (press R ) or the Eyedropper Icon (press and hold down the Alt key) - the Filter Palette is used to restrict the eyedropper to only "seeing" and selecting certain objects or types of objects.

[edit] Using the Assets Palette

When used by itself, the Assets Palette will be restricted to showing the list of assets for the asset type currently selected in the Filter Palette , regardless of whether the Filter Palette is visible or not. The default asset type shown in the Assets Palette for a displayed, or minimised, unedited Filter Palette will be Ground Textures. However, if the Filter Palette is closed ( Left Click on its menu bar x icon) then the Assets Palette will default to displaying the list of ALL installed assets

At the top of the palette is the Search Box is where you can enter text, such as the name or part of the name of an asset. UPPER/lower case is not important. The search will return all assets that contain the entered text in their names or descriptions.

The Search Box will also accept a list of <kuid> codes separated by commas that can be created by Content Manager.

Steps: To use <kuid> codes in the Search box:-
	In Content Manager select each of the the assets to be included in the search
	Right Click on one of the assets and select the List Assets in New Window option
	In Content Manager Left Click inside the Asset KUID list of the new window and press Ctrl + A to highlight all the asset <kuid> codes and then press Ctrl + C to copy them into your system clipboard
	Back in Surveyor Left Click inside the Assets Palette Search box and press Ctrl + V to paste the <kuid> codes

Only those assets in the <kuid> codes list that match the current Filter Palette settings will be shown in the asset list.

In each case the search results shown in the Assets Palette will be taken from the list already created by the filter set in the Filter Palette . In the examples shown on the left this starting list is the Ground Textures.

To change the starting list you must change the filter in the Filter Palette

Steps: To Select an asset from the List View to be placed in your Trainz World:-

Left Click on its name in the list

	the asset name will be highlighted with a Light Grey background
	the correct Tool or Brush Target in the Tools Palette will be automatically selected
	you can then immediately place or paint the asset in your Trainz World

More than one asset can be selected (see Note below)
	To select multiple assets in the list use Shift + Left Click or Ctrl + Left Click
	To select the entire list select one asset first then use Ctrl + A

Selecting multiple assets will not allow you to place all those assets in your Trainz World with a single click. Only the first selected asset will be added.
The reasons for selecting multiple assets would be to add them all to a Picklist, or to your OS clipboard, or to display them in a Content Manager window

Each asset in the list has a Popup Menu. Right Click on an asset to open its menu. You can also select multiple assets as described above and then Right Click on any of the selected assets to open the common popup menu.

The options that are available are:-

Copy	to copy the details (<kuid> code and name) of the selected asset or assets into your system clipboard

List Assets in New Window

will open a Content Manager window to display the details of the selected asset or assets

Add to Picklist >

you will be asked to select an existing Picklist or create a new one. The selected asset or assets will be added to that Picklist

If the list you have opened is a Picklist then the last option shown will be:-

Remove from Picklist

the selected asset or assets will be removed from the Picklist. See the Known Issue note on the right.

	Known Issue: There is a bug that greys out the Remove from Picklist option so it cannot be selected.
Workarounds: Two alternative solutions are available:- Use Content Manager to remove assets from a Picklist Use the working Remove from Picklist option in the Filter Palette - see The Filter Palette for the details

To get a better view or more details about an asset, choose one of the following:-
Options:

	Double Left Click on an asset name to open its Asset Properties window, OR
	Open the Asset Preview Palette and then Left Click on an asset name in the Assets Palette . This will create a rotating image of the asset in the Preview Palette. The Preview Palette can be resized.
	Left Click on the Thumbnail icon at the end of the Name Search box. See Thumbnail View below for more details.

[edit] Expanding the Assets List View

The Assets Palette can be expanded to provide more information about each listed asset. See

Docking and Undocking Palettes and

Resizing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document.

Steps: To move and resize columns:-
	To Move: Left Click and Drag the column heading left or right to a new position
	To Resize: Left Click and Drag the dividing line between two column headings left or right to reduce or increase the column width

Steps: To sort the data in a column:-
	resize the undocked Assets Palette by dragging its right edge further out to the right. This will reveal additional columns of data in an identical display to what you would see in Content Manager
	to sort the data in a column, Left Click on the column heading. Each Left Click will cycle through different sorting options

Just like in Content Manager, additional columns can be added, removed, resized and moved to a different position.

Steps: To add new columns
	Right Click on a column heading where you want to insert a new column
	Select the option Insert Column and then select the column to be added
Steps: To remove a column
	Right Click on the column heading and select the option Remove Column

	Notes:
	If the palette is docked to another it will be resized to the same width as the palette it is docked to.
	You can hide, and even close, the palette and its new size and position will be restored when it is made visible again. Left Click on its Minimise - or Close x icon on its top menu bar, and then restore it to the screen using the Window Menu. See Minimise Maximise Close at the top of this document.

[edit] Thumbnail View

As an alternative to the list view of assets there is a thumbnail view option. This works best when the Assets Palette has been undocked. See

Docking and Undocking Palettes at the top of this document.

AssetsPaletteNewPBRAsphaltThumbnail S20.png

Steps: To switch to the Thumbnail View:-
	undock and resize the Assets Palette as described in Docking and Undocking Palettes and Resizing Palettes and Windows above.
	Left Click the Thumbnail icon at the end of the Name Search box
Steps: To switch back to the List View:-
	Left Click the Thumbnail icon at the end of the Name Search box

If the Filter Palette is closed then the Assets Palette will default to displaying the list of ALL installed assets

Steps: To Select an asset from the Thumbnail View to be placed in your Trainz World:-

Left Click on its thumbnail

	the thumbnail will be surrounded by a blue border or it will have a blue background
	the correct Tool or Brush Target in the Tools Palette will be automatically selected
	you can then immediately place or paint the asset in your Trainz World

To get a better view or more details about an asset, choose one of the following:-
Options:

	Double Left Click on an asset name to open its Asset Properties window, OR
	Open the Asset Preview Palette and then Left Click on an asset name in the Assets Palette . This will create a rotating image of the asset in the Preview Palette. The Preview Palette can be resized.

Notes:

If the assets in the list are constructed from 3D meshes then their thumbnail views will be built from the meshes and their textures. If they are ground textures then the actual textures will be shown. The thumbnail.jpg image that should be supplied with each asset is not be used - the exceptions are assets with no meshes and no textures. This overcomes common problems caused by missing, generic, incorrect or confusing thumbnails that give you no useful information about each asset. Some actual examples from the DLS:-

Scenery Mesh Asset

Supplied Thumbnail	Palette Displayed Thumbnail

Ground Texture Asset

Supplied Thumbnail	Palette Displayed Thumbnail

If the asset is animated then its animation will play in the thumbnail

[edit] Picklists and Search Filters

the Assets Palette also manages your saved Picklists and gives you access to your saved Search Filters

[edit] Using Search Filters and Picklists

Steps: To access your Picklists and Search Filters
	In the Filter Palette Left Click on the Asset Type data box (showing Ground Textures in the image on the left) or on the double arrowhead as shown on its right to open up its lists of filters. The currently selected Asset Type (e.g. Ground Textures), Search Filter or Picklist will have a in front of its name in the drop down list.

The drop down list shows all the:-

	Asset Types in the top section will list all the installed assets sorted by their Asset Type. These Types are built into Trainz and cannot be altered
	Search Filters in the middle section will list all the Search Filters, both built in (such as Faulty and Open for Editing) and those that you have created and saved yourself
	Picklists in the lower section will list all the Picklist, both built in (the Default Picklist) and those that you have created and saved yourself

	to select and open a specific Asset Type, Search Filter or Picklist Left Click on its name in the list
	the Assets Palette list will then show all those assets that match the selected Asset Type, Search Filter or Picklist

For example, selecting the saved Picklist Oz Houses will list all the assets that have been added to that particular Picklist. Likewise, selecting the saved Search Filter Updates Available will display all the assets that return a positive match for that filter

The assets found by the Search Filter or in the Picklist can be narrowed down further by entering a text string in the Search box. For example typing house (UPPER/lower case is not important) will restrict the list to only showing those assets containing the text string "house" in their names or descriptions

At the bottom of the drop down list (you may have to scroll down to see it) is an option Edit Filters and Picklists... . This option will allow you to select and edit a Picklist or Search Filter.

For more detailed instructions on creating and editing Picklists and Search Filters in Surveyor 2.0 and Content Manager see the Trainz Wiki Page How to Manage Filters and Picklists

[edit] Creating and Editing a Picklist

	Picklists can be created and edited directly from the Assets Palette
	There are other more limited editing options available in the Assets Palette Edit Filters and Picklists... option

To create a new picklist, or add assets to an existing picklist, the first step is to select the asset or assets to be added.

Steps: To Create a new Picklist or to add assets to an existing Picklist:-

In the Filter Palette select the type of asset that will be added to the new or existing Picklist

In the Assets Palette select the asset or assets to be added.

To select just a single asset:-

Right Click on the asset name

The Thumbnail icon

next to the Search box will toggle the list of assets between text and thumbnail views. But the thumbnail view works best when the Assets Palette is undocked and resized. See

Thumbnail View above for more information

To select multiple assets:-

	Shift + Left Click on the first and last asset names in a sequence of multiple assets to be added. Then Right Click on one of the selected assets, OR
	Ctrl + Left Click on the names of any number of individual assets to be added. Then Right Click on one of the selected assets

A popup menu will appear. Left Click on the option Add to Picklist > . A new popup menu will appear

The menu will list the options Default Picklist (which may be empty), New Picklist... and any Picklists that you have created (Rail Yard Clutter in the example image shown).

	To Add the selected asset or assets to an existing Picklist, Left Click on the name of the Picklist in the new popup menu OR
	To Create a New Picklist and add the selected asset or assets to that list, Left Click on the option New Picklist... . You will be asked to enter a name for the new Picklist

[edit] Editing a Search Filter

Search Filters can be created and edited using the Assets Palette Edit Filters and Picklists... option

A summary of the editing process for Search Filters is provided here. For the full details see the Trainz Wiki Page How to Manage Filters and Picklists

Steps: To edit a Search Filter:-

Left Click on the Filter Palette Asset Type drop down menu to open the list of Asset Types, Search Filters and Picklists

Scroll down the list to locate and Left Click on the Edit Filters and Picklists... option. This will open a window listing all the installed and saved Search Filters and Picklists

Left Click on the column heading and select Insert Column to add a new column that will identify the list type - Picklist or Search Filter

Right Click on a Search Filter to be edited and select, Left Click on, the Edit option

This will display Data Fields and Data Values for the selected Search Filter

Filter lines can be:-

Added

Deleted

Changed

A Left Click on the Save button will save the edited filter using the same name.

[edit] The Filter Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

If the Filter Palette and the Assets Palette are not visible on the screen then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document. The Filter Palette and Assets Palette are used together.

The Filter Palette made its appearence in Trainz in the July 2024 quarterly update to Trainz Plus and in TRS22PE SP4.

This palette is used to:-
	search the installed assets to provide asset lists for the tools in the Tools Palette
	in Trainz Plus bulk replace objects in your Trainz World with assets selected from the Assets Palette

The Filter Palette has three parts. Each is explained in the following sections:-

	Filter Actions	controls how the filter is applied
	Filter Selections	sets the search parameters
	Filter Toggles	identifies the objects that will be replaced with the Bulk Replace Assets Tool

All three, particularly the last two, communicate with the Assets Palette

[edit] Filter Actions

The Filter Actions control how the Filter Selections affect the visibility and accessability of objects in your Trainz World

The Filter Actions drop down list controls how the filters are applied. To open the list Left Click on the drop down box or on the double arrows on its right.

The top drop down box will provide four actions:-

	Filter Disabled
	Filter List
	Filter Selection
	Filter Visibility

These actions will affect the display and selection of objects in your Trainz World

Filter Actions:

Filter Disabled

this action disables the Filter Palette so that it has no filtering effect on the Assets Palette which will then display All (Installed) Content including those assets that are Obsolete or Disabled. Its main use is in the Bulk Replace Assets Tool (available in Trainz Plus only) but it can also be used to temporarily switch off the filters without having to delete them

Filter List

this action is the default setting for the Filter Palette and displays, in both the Filter Palette and the Assets Palette , all the installed assets that match any search entered using the Filter Selection Options (the Asset Type icons and the Drop Down List of asset types, search filters and picklists). It has no effect on the operation of the tools in the Tools Palette or on the objects displayed on the screen in your Trainz World

Filter Selection

this action will restrict the tools in the Tools Palette to only working on those objects that are in the Assets Palette filtered list. Objects that are not in the filtered list will still be visible in your Trainz World but cannot be selected

Filter Visibility

this action will hide all objects in your Trainz World that are not in the Assets Palette filtered list which also means that they cannot be selected. The only exceptions are Ground Textures and Effect Layers which will be visible but, unless they are also in the filtered list, cannot selected.

For examples of how the Filter Actions are used to restrict the selection and/or visibility of objects in a Trainz World see the Trainz Wiki Page How to Use S20 Tools - Narrowing the Search

[edit] Filter Selections

The Filter Selections identify the type of assets that will be listed by the filter

The Filter Selections are activated by either a Left Click on a icon that represents a type of asset (e.g. Trains), or by selecting the type of asset from a drop down list. The drop down box also provides additional selections that are not available in the icons.

Options: Choose from:-

Left Click on an asset selection icon

	all ground textures
	all non-spline scenery assets
	all spline scenery assets
	all track spline assets
	all track (non spline) assets (signals, etc)
	all rolling stock assets
	all Effect Layer presets

OR

Left Click the Content Drop-down Box

Filter List
Then select the asset type you want

	Notes:
The All Content option at the top of the menu will show:-
	ALL the installed assets (in white), and
	ALL the installed Obsolete or Disabled assets (in grey)
If you are going to be using this option then it is recommended that you undock and enlarge the Assets Palette to show the Status column. See Expanding the Assets List View for the details

If you need to display more than one type of asset (e.g. track splines and track objects) in the same list then make a Picklist.
See the Trainz Wiki Page How to Manage Filters and Picklists for the details

Below the icons and selection box the Filter Toggle will report the number of assets that will be present in the list returned by the filter. In this case, selecting Scenery Splines has returned a list containing 4374 assets, but the exact figure will vary between users and installs.

[edit] Using the Filter and Assets Palettes

The Filter Palette is always used with the Assets Palette

The most useful way to use filters to locate assets is to dock the Filter Palette and the Assets Palette together. Once docked both the palettes can be resized if needed - resizing one will also resize the other. See the sections on

Docking Palettes and

Resizing Palettes and Windows for more information.

FilterAssetsPaletteScenerySplines S20.png

The image on the left shows the docked Filter and Assets Palettes displaying the filtered list for a Scenery Splines filter.

Using the Asset Filter search text box, as described in the Assets Palette section above, the list can be cut down or "refined" by entering a search term.

In the example shown below, the search has been refined by adding the text "fence" (UPPER/lower case is not important). The list will now only contain assets that have the text "fence" in their names or descriptions.

FilterAssetsPaletteSceneryFenceSplines S20.png

Steps: To Select an asset from the list to be placed in your Trainz World:-

Left Click on its name in the list

	the asset name will be highlighted with a Light Grey background
	the correct Tool or Brush Target in the Tools Palette will be automatically selected
	you can then immediately place or paint the asset in your Trainz World

Search Options:

The Search Box will also accept a list of <kuid> codes separated by commas. This list can be created by Content Manager by selecting the assets then the List Assets in New Window option. Copy the assets list from Content Manager into your system clipboard, then paste it into the Assets Palette Search Box. Only those assets in the <kuid> codes that match the current Filter Selection will be shown in the asset list.

You can enter a search text without selecting an asset type. In the Selection Drop Down box select the option All Content . The filter will search through all the assets types to find matches with your entered search.

[edit] Filter Toggles

	The Filter Toggles are used to identify object to be replaced using the Bulk Asset Replace Tool found in Trainz Plus
	They can be used to further reduce the size of the Assets Filtered List

In the Filter Palette open the Filter Toggles by a Left Click on either the small arrowhead on the left of the Enabled box or on the "Enabled" message itself.
	This will open the Filter Palette Toggle List of assets and a separate Search text box. The Toggle List list is identical to the list shown in the Assets Palette except that each item can be toggled or switched ON or OFF by the check mark on its left.

Once it has been opened:-
	the palette can be Expanded to reveal additional columns. The columns can be moved, resized, deleted and extra columns added. See Expanding the Assets List View for the details
	each column can be Sorted by a Left Click on a column heading. Each Left Click will cycle through different sorting options

The Filter Palette and the Assets Palette are normally linked so that the list of toggled assets in the Filter Palette is duplicated in the Assets Palette .
If an asset is:-

toggled OFF in the Filter Palette it will disappear from the list in the Assets Palette
If it is toggled back ON it will reappear in the Assets Palette list

Items in the Toggle List can be selected (highlighted)
	To select a single item in the list Left Click on its name
	To select multiple items in the list use Shift + Left Click or Ctrl + Left Click
	To select the entire list Left Click on one of the asset names then press the Ctrl + A keys

Each asset in the list has a:-

Toggle Button

that can be toggled ON or OFF for the Bulk Replace Assets Tool.

	You can toggle an individual asset, ON/OFF by a Left Click on its toggle icon
	You can toggle a group of selected assets ON/OFF by a Left Click on the toggle icon of any selected asset

Popup Menu

Right Click on an asset to open its menu. The available options are:-

Copy	to copy the details (<kuid> code and name) of the selected asset or assets into your system clipboard

List Assets in New Window

will open a Content Manager window to display the details of the selected asset or assets

Add to Picklist >

you will be asked to select an existing Picklist or create a new one. The selected asset or assets will be added to that Picklist

If the list you have opened is a Picklist then the last option shown will be:-

Remove from Picklist

the selected asset or assets will be removed from the Picklist

[edit] Bulk Replace Asset Tool (Trainz Plus Only)

	This tool is available in Trainz Plus only
	It will replace ALL seleted objects with a single selected replacement asset
	All objects, and its replacement, must be the same Asset Type
	The replacement will occur throughout the entire route

Available in Trainz Plus only
In TRS22PE use the Surveyor Classic Bulk Asset Update/Replace option

This tool uses the Filter Toggles described above to identify the object or objects in your Trainz World that will be replaced by a single selected asset.

The process involves following a set sequence of steps:-

	Check the Compatibility of the objects being replaced and their replacement asset
	Use the toggles to Identify the Objects to be Replaced
	Disable the Filter Action to allow the replacement asset to be selected
	Identify the Replacement Asset using the Assets Palette
	Perform the Bulk Replace operation

[edit] 1. Check the Compatibility

You can bulk replace:-
		one or more different Ground Textures with a single Ground Texture and NOT with any other type of asset
		one or more different Scenery Meshes with a single Scenery Mesh and NOT with any other type of asset. None of the meshes can include track‡
		one or more different Scenery Splines with a single Scenery Spline and NOT with any other type of asset. None of the splines can include track‡
		one or more different Track Splines with a single Track Spline and NOT with any other type of asset. Fixed Track assets are NOT track splines
		one or more different Track Objects with a single Track Object and NOT with any other type of asset
‡ this includes fixed assets and splines with built-in track (e.g. industries, bridges, tunnels)
You cannot bulk replace:-
		Rolling Stock (locomotives, wagons)
		Presets (effect layers)

[edit] 2. Identify the Objects to be Replaced

Before you proceed any further it would be a good idea to either know the exact name of the asset you will be using as the replacement or have it visible in the Surveyor Trainz World View to identify it with the Eyedropper

The Filter Selection and Filter Toggle tools are used to identify the object or objects in the route that you want to replace.

Steps: To Find the Type of object to be Replaced:-
	In the Filter Palette set the Filter Action to Filter List
	Use the Filter Selections (the row of icons or the drop down list) to select the type of object that you want to replace remembering the Compatibility Rules listed above. All objects must be of the same type (e.g. all scenery meshes or all track objects) and not a mixture such as scenery meshes and track objects.

Use the Toggles and, if applicable, the Filter Toggle Search box to narrow down the list.

Steps: To Refine the Search:-

In the Filter Palette open the Filter Toggles by a Left Click on the arrowhead or on the "№ of assets enabled" counter

Optional: In the Filter Palette enter a search term in the Search box located just below the asset enabled count. This will narrow the list of toggled items. The rules for entering a search are exactly the same as used in the Assets Palette Search box

If there are many assets to be selected or the list of possible assets is still very long then creating a Picklist with the required assets may be a better option

In the Toggle List toggle ON all the objects that you want to be replaced and toggle OFF those that you do not want to replace

See the Example below for tips on how to select blocks of assets to be toggled and how to quickly set multiple toggles ON or OFF simultaneously

Example:

Preparing to bulk replace multiple narrow gauge tracks with a different track of the same gauge

Set the Filter Selection to Track

FilterPaletteBulkReplaceExample 1 S20.png
In this case there are 781 assets of type Track installed so the search will need to be refined further

Refine the search

The track splines to be replaced all have the text NG42 in their names so this is the obvious search text to use. NG42 has been entered into the Filter Palette Search box, not the one in the Assets Palette , to locate all assets that use that text in their names or descriptions.
FilterPaletteBulkReplaceExample 2 S20.png

The 781 assets have now been reduced to just 18.

Toggle the assets

If your search returns only a few assets then it may be quicker to individually toggle OFF the assets you don't want replaced. Otherwise the following method may be suitable:-

Steps:
	In the Toggle List select one of the assets
	Press Ctrl + A to highlight them all
	Left Click on the Toggle icon of any one of the assets to set them all to OFF

FilterPaletteBulkReplaceExample 4 S20.png

Select the assets to be replaced.

Start with a Left Click on the name of the first asset to be replaced. This will also clear the highlighting on all the other assets.

If multiple assets are to be selected then:-
	if all the assets are in a single block then use Shift + Left Click on the name of the last asset of the group
	if the assets are scattered throughout the list then use Ctrl + Left Click on the name of each additional asset

Left Click on the Toggle icon of any one of the selected assets to set them all to ON

FilterPaletteBulkReplaceExample 7 S20.png

This Example continues in the next section.

[edit] 3. Disable the Filter Action

In the Filter Palette select Filter Disabled from the Filter Actions drop down menu.

This will break the connection between the Filter Palette and the Assets Palette . The Assets Palette will be set to show All Content

Example:

Continued

Disable the Filter Action

In the Filter Palette Filter Action drop down menu select the first option Filter Disabled
FilterPaletteBulkReplaceExample 8 S20.png

This only affects the Assets Palette filtered list which will be reset to display All Content.

Note: The assets shown as greyed out are installed but obsolete, disabled or otherwise unavailable for use.

This Example continues in the next section.

[edit] 4. Identify the Replacement Asset

Only a single asset has to be selected from the Assets Palette and it must be the same type of asset as those selected for replacement.

After you have disabled the Filter Action, there is a quick way to identify the replacement asset if it is already present in your Trainz World

Steps: To quickly identify the replacement asset in your Trainz World:-
	move the mouse pointer onto the object to be selected as the Replacement
	hold down the Alt key and Left Click on the object

This will immediately select the replacement asset in the Assets Palette .

Example:

Continued

Select the replacement asset

Options: Choose one of:-
	the Eyedropper method described in the Tips above. This will automatically select the asset in the filtered list, OR
	In the Assets Palette enter an optional search term in the Assets Palette Search box and then Left Click on the asset name in the Assets Palette filtered list

In this example a search term is used to find the replacement.
FilterPaletteBulkReplaceExample 10 S20.png

Perform the Bulk Replace Assets operation described in the next section to complete this Example

[edit] 5. Bulk Replace Assets

WARNING:
The Bulk Replace Assets will occur throughout the ENTIRE route

Steps: To Bulk Replace Assets:-

	In the Assets Palette filtered list Right Click on the replacement asset to open its menu
	Select the last item, Bulk Replace Filtered Assets

FilterPaletteBulkReplaceExample 11 S20.png

With the exception of unusually small or simple routes, a progress bar will be shown. For large routes the replacement process may take a few minutes.

FilterPaletteBulkReplaceExample 12 S20.png

	Notes:
	Clicking the Cancel button will terminate the replacement process at the point shown by the position of the progress bar. So some, or many, of the replacements will have already been made.
	After termination, or after the replacement process has been completed, pressing the Ctrl + Z keys will Undo all the replacements

[edit] The Layers Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

If the Layers Palette is not visible on the screen then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document

	This palette is used to manage layers, both object (route and session) and effect (TurfFX, clutter and water) layers
	It can create, rename, merge, delete, move, hide/show and lock/unlock layers and set the Active Layer

The Layers Palette will show all the layers in their groups (Effect, Route and Session) plus the Ground Height and Ground Textures special "layers". In the image on the left all the Layer Groups have been minimised (the arrowhead symbol to the left of each group name is pointing to the right).

	The Route Layers Group , along with the Ground Height, Ground Textures and Effect Layers Group, are saved and loaded with the Route
	The Session Layers group, along with any Session Rules and commodity settings, is saved and loaded with the Session. A Session Layers group, but one without any stored objects and using the Session default settings, will always be present when a Route is loaded without a Session

[edit] Lock the Route Layer Group

All the Route Layers can be locked against accidental alteration.

The Route Layers Group has a open padlock icon next to its name - shown as (unlocked).

Steps: To lock/unlock all the Route Layers:-
	Left Click on the unlocked (open padlock) icon to lock ALL the Route Layers The icon will change to (locked)
	Left Click on the locked (closed padlock) icon to unlock ALL the route layers The icon will change to (unlocked)

[edit] Open a Layer Group

To the left of each group name is a small arrowhead pointing to the right. Left Click on the arrowhead to open up the group.

The image on the left shows that the Session Layers is open and its individual layers are now displayed. To close or minimise the group Left Click on the arrowhead again.

The image shows that the Session Layers contains 3 individual layers:-

	the top layer in the Session Layers group is always named session-layer. It is possible to rename this layer and move it to a new position but those actions are NOT recommended for the session-layer.
	likewise, the top layer in the Route Layers Group is always named route-layer. It is also possible to rename this layer and move it to a new position but again those actions are NOT recommended for the route-layer.
	there are two additional user created layers in the Session Layers group. They are named Track Markers and Rail Workers - layer names are chosen by the creator and do not necessarily indicate their contents or purpose
	the Rail Workers layer is highlighted with Light Grey background which means that it has been selected by a Left Click and is now the Active Layer where any newly placed assets will be added

[edit] Add a New Layer

You cannot create new Layer Groups but you can add new layers to a existing group.

Each Layer Group has a

icon next to its name. Left Click on the icon to add and name a new layer to that group. If you are adding a new Effect Layer then you will also have to identify the type of effect - TurfFX, Clutter, Water or (in Trainz Plus only) Color.

[edit] Renaming a Layer

Steps: To rename a layer:-
	Right Click on a layer name and select Rename Layer.. from the popup menu. You cannot rename a Layer Group.
	You will be asked to enter a new name for the layer.

While you are free to rename any layers (but not the Layer Group names), it is recommended that you DO NOT rename two specific layers:-

route-layer
session-layer
These layers are used to store critical objects (track and track objects in the case of the route-layer and (optionally) rolling stock in the case of the session-layer). Using these two layer names in every Trainz World can make it easier (and less confusing) to manage those assets. But this is a recommendation only.

[edit] Deleting a Layer

Warning: Deleting a Layer will delete every object that has been assigned to that layer

Steps: To delete a layer:-
	Right Click on a layer name and select Delete Layer from the popup menu. You cannot select a Layer Group name to be deleted. You will be given a warning that you are about to delete a layer.
	if you confirm the delete order then the layer and ALL OF ITS CONTENTS will be deleted
	depending on the contents of the layer and the size of the Trainz World, the process may take some time. You will be shown a progress bar in a message window during the delete operation

	when the message Operation complete, layers updated successfully appears close the message window
The deleted layer and its contents can be restored (after the delete has completed) using the Ctrl + Z keys

[edit] Moving a Layer

Layers can be individually moved up and down within the same Layer Group or between the Route Layers Group and the Session Layers Group.

Notes:

	Warning: Moving layers between the Session Layers Group and the Route Layers Group will move the contents of those layers from one Layer Group to the other. This will change where the layers and their contents are saved (in the Route or in the Session)
	Warning: Layers containing Track Objects (signals, switches, buffers, track signs, etc) cannot be moved to a position that is above the layer containing the track

there is NO ADVANTAGE in moving a layer within the same Layer Group except if you are preparing for a layer merge operation (see

Merging a Layer below)

layers cannot be moved into or out of the Effect Layers group

the Ground Height and Texture layers are special "single layer" groups, not groups of layers, and cannot be moved or have other layers added to them

Steps: To move a layer:-

Left Click and Drag the layer name up or down to its new position. Note: You cannot move a Layer Group.

In the image on the left the Rail Workers layer is being moved up from the Session Layers Group into the Route Layers Group. This will also change where the assets in that layer are saved from the Session to the Route

release the layer in its new position.

depending on the contents of the layer and the size of the Trainz World, the process may take some time. You will be shown a progress bar in a message window during the move operation

at the conclusion, hopefully, you will be shown a message "Operation complete"

If instead you get an error message then the most likely cause will be moving a layer containing Track Objects to a position that is above the layer containing the track

close the progress message window

The move can be reversed (after it has completed) by using the Ctrl + Z keys

Notes: Moving Layers - What Could Possibly Go Wrong? 😀

Well, a great deal it seems. You may get a different message during the layer move operation.
LayersMoveFailure S20.png

The most common error when moving layers is, as the message above states, an invalid hierarchy (Translation: "The layers are in the wrong order"). This occurs when a layer is moved to an incorrect level for the type of objects it contains. It is Track Splines and Track Objects (e.g. signals, switches, speed signs, etc) that cause this problem.

The situation that created the error messages shown above is shown in the image below left:-

all the track splines, the parent track identified in the error messages, are in the route-layer

track objects, in this case signals but any track objects could have been used, have been placed in the Signals layer. This layer, according to the order of the layers from the top to the bottom, is one layer below the route-layer that contains the track where the signals are attached. In this position, physically below the route-layer, the Signals layer and the track objects it contains will cause no problems

the Signals layer is being moved up to a position shown by the dashed red line. The new position, again according to the order of the layers from the top to the bottom, is one layer above the route-layer.

The final error message shown is confusing and, from a commonsense point of view, incorrect.

Trackside objects cannot be in a layer below the layer their track is in.
Best Advice: Ignore the word below and replace it with the word above so the message reads
Trackside objects cannot be in a layer above the layer their track is in.

Solutions to This Problem:

Options:

use the route-layer to hold the track splines and never move any layer containing track objects, or any layer at all to be absolutely safe, above this layer

Always keep the route-layer containing all the track at the very top of the Route Layers Group

OR

use the route-layer to hold the track splines and ALL track objects

Track objects such as Trackmarks and Triggers that are needed for a Session but not the Route can still be placed in the Session Layers group as long as the layer used remains in the Session Layers group

[edit] Merging a Layer

A layer can be merged with the layer immediately above it

Steps: To merge two layers:-
	Right Click on a layer name in the Layers Palette
	select the Merge Layer Up option from the popup menu

	Notes:
	the selected layer will be merged with the layer immediately above it
	you may need to move the layer being merged into the correct position before the merge (see Moving a Layer above)
	depending on the contents of the layer, the process may take some time. You will be shown a progress bar in a message window during the merge operation
	the merged layers and their contents can be restored (after the merge has completed) back into two separate layers by using the Ctrl + Z keys
	layers in the Effect Layers Group cannot be merged. In place of Merge Layer Up the popup menu for an Effect Layer will have an Edit Layer option

[edit] Hiding Layers

Each individual layer has an Eye icon that controls the state (visible or hidden) of that layer

Left Click on the Eye icon to toggle its state between visible and hidden.

If the Eye icon is:-
	Open then layer is visible in both Surveyor and Driver
	Closed then layer is hidden in both Surveyor and Driver

Notes:

	Hiding a layer will protect its objects from being selected, deleted and moved
	New assets can be added to a hidden layer by confirming the action in a dialogue window which will make the layer visible
	Objects can be assigned to a hidden layer using the Info Palette
	Hidden layers can still be deleted, renamed, moved and merged

[edit] Locking Layers

	Each individual layer has a Padlock icon that controls the state (locked or unlocked) of that layer
	The Route Layers Group has a Padlock icon that controls the state (locked or unlocked) of ALL the Route Layers

Left Click on the Padlock icon to toggle its state between locked and unlocked

If the Padlock icon is:-
	Open then layer is unlocked
	Closed then layer is locked

Notes:

	Locking a layer will protect its objects from being deleted and moved
	New assets can be added to a locked layer by confirming the action in a dialogue window which will unlock the layer
	Objects can be assigned to a locked layer using the Info Palette
	Locked layers can still be deleted, renamed, moved and merged

[edit] Setting the Active Layer

	The Active Layer is the layer where new objects will be automatically added when using the Placement Tool
	Only Route and Session layers can be selected as the Active Layer

The active layer is shown in the palette with its name on a Light Grey background. The name of the current Active Layer is also shown in the Layer Palette Title Bar. In the images below the Rail Workers layer from the Session Layers Group is the current Active Layer.

Steps: To set a new Active Layer:-
	Left Click on the layer name.

You can also use the Info Palette to set the layer occupied by a selected object as the Active Layer

[edit] Move an Object to Another Layer

Use the Info Palette to move objects to another layer.

The Info Palette will show the layer assigned to the currently selected object. An object is selected by using the

Free Move Tool (the S key) or the

Fine Adjustment Tool (the D key) found in the Tools Palette .

Info palette

Layer control

Steps: To assign a selected object to a layer:-

Switch to the Info Palette . If this palette is not visible then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document

Left Click on the small arrowhead next to the layer name. This will open the layer properties for the selected object

Left Click the Layer drop down box to select a new layer for the object

Warning: You cannot move Track Objects (signals, switches, buffers, track signs, etc) into a layer that is above the layer that contains the track

if required, Left Click the Binding drop down box to select a new binding layer for the object. See the section

Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer for more information on Binding objects to layers

if required, Left Click the Lock Layer button to lock the selected layer. If the layer is already locked then this will be shown as an Unlock Layer button

Multiple objects from the same layer can be selected and assigned to another layer

[edit] The Scrapbook Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

If the Scrapbook Palette is not visible on the screen then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document. Some Scrapbook Palette functions will also require the Tool Options Palette .

This palette manages the Scrapbooks that you have created yourself, installed from other sources (such as the DLS) or came installed with Trainz. It also controls which parts of a scrapbook are pasted or painted into the Trainz World.

	Notes:
Scrapbooks, when created, will contain:-
	Ground Heights
	Ground Textures
	Effect Layers - if present
	Selected Objects - scenery, splines, track, signals, etc
	But NOT Rolling Stock (Trains)
Ground heights, textures and effect layers are always included in a scrapbook but you can control which scenery objects are added by manually selecting them or using the filter controls in the Assets Palette

	Notes:
Scrapbooks, when painted or pasted, can contain any combinations of:-
	Ground Heights
	Ground Textures
	Effect Layers
	Scenery Objects (Meshes) - individual buildings, trees, signals, etc
	Scenery Splines - roads, track, fences, etc
You have options that will control which of these data categories are transferred and how they are transferred from the scrapbook into the Trainz World.

Left Click on the pin icon to Lock (blue pin) and Unlock (white pin) the scrapbook. Locked scrapbooks are permanent (but can still be deleted). Unlocked scrapbooks will "expire" (self delete) after 5 days

Left Click on the delete icon to delete the current scrapbook - most scrapbooks can be deleted (see Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks below on how to deal with the exceptions to this)

Deleting a scrapbook WILL NOT delete any objects that it has painted or pasted into the route. The scrapbook simply identifies the objects, it has no control over them after they have been added to the route.

The thumbnail of the currently displayed scrapbook and the one that will be painted or pasted into the Trainz World

Identifies the currently displayed scrapbook (the first number) and the total number of stored scrapbooks (the second number)

Left Click on the < or > to move forwards or backwards through the stored scrapbooks to select the scrapbook that will be added to the Trainz World

The scrapbook name can be edited. Simply Left Click inside the name box to edit or replace the current name then Left Click on the image OR press the Enter key

Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks

Some scrapbooks are installed with Trainz and cannot be deleted. These scrapbooks have the label Prefab at the front of their names (you may have to scroll to the front of the name to see it). While they cannot be deleted they can be "disabled" so that they won't appear as an installed scrapbook. Unlocking them will not cause them to "expire" - after 5 days they will just become locked again.

Steps: To disable built-in scrapbooks
	Open Content Manager and locate the "permanent" scrapbook or scrapbooks. Search Tips: Name: starts with "Prefab"; Status: is Built-in; Type: is Misc
	Highlight (select) the scrapbook assets individually or as a group
	Open the Content menu and select the Disable option

You can reverse this and enable any or all of these scrapbooks at any time if you need them. When enabled they will reappear in the palette

[edit] Creating a New Scrapbook

A new scrapbook can be created by either:-

Options:

Individually selecting one or more objects OR

Drawing a Marquee Selection Area around one or more objects and:-

Then choose one of the following:-

press Ctrl + C to copy the selection to a new scrapbook OR

press Ctrl + X to cut the selection to a new scrapbook - the object or objects will be removed from the Trainz World OR

open the

Surveyor Edit Menu and select Cut or Copy

	Notes:
	Rolling Stock Objects cannot be added to a Scrapbook but they can be saved as a Consist Asset in the Assets Palette
	Regardless of how it is created, the ground height, ground textures and, if present, effect layers under the selected objects will always be added to the scrapbook.

You don't have to use the Marquee Tool to create a new Scrapbook. You can use the

Free Move Tool or the

Fine Adjustment Tool to select any number of objects and then press Ctrl + C . The selected objects, along with the ground height, ground textures, and any effect layers that are below them, will be copied into a new Scrapbook

When a new Scrapbook is created by a Cut or Copy , it will appear in the Scrapbook palette with some basic details.

The newly created scrapbook will be given:-

a name consisting of the date and time of its creation

a thumbnail

The thumbnail image will be taken using the current camera POV (point of view). Move the cursor position and zoom in/out to get the best possible shot of the Scrapbook objects before giving the Cut or Copy options

a scrapbook number (it will be inserted as №1 scrapbook)

an expiry date which will be set 5 days after its creation - this will countdown each day until 0 when the new scrapbook will be deleted

	Notes:
	Scrapbooks use very little memory so there is no real limit to how many you can store in the palette but finding the one you want will be more difficult as the list grows longer
	Rolling Stock Objects cannot be added to a Scrapbook but they can be saved as a Consist Asset in the Assets Palette

	Most scrapbooks, old and new, can be deleted at any time by a Left Click on the Delete icon. See Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks in the section above for the exceptions
	Deleting a Scrapbook after it has been pasted does not delete the objects that it has added to the Trainz World

There are two changes that can be made to the new scrapbook:-

Give it a name - Left Click inside the Name Text Box and type a new name. To set its new name Left Click on the image OR press the Enter key

Make it permanent - Left Click the white Pin icon (

) to change it to blue. The scrapbook will no longer expire but it can still be deleted at any time

Pinned scrapbooks are always shown with a blue pin icon

and the words "pinned, no expiry" displayed next to their scrapbook №

The Pinning of any scrapbook can be reversed so that it will expire in 5 days time. Simply Left Click the Blue pin icon to change it back to White.

Once a scrapbook has been Pinned it becomes an asset and will appear in Content Manager

Notes:

	If a Pinned scrapbook is deleted from the Scrapbook Palette then it will also be deleted as an asset from Content Manager
	If a scrapbook asset is deleted (or disabled) in Content Manager then it will also be deleted from the Scrapbook Palette

The scrapbook asset can be saved as a CDP file and uploaded to the DLS.

You can archive your scrapbooks as CDP files to keep the number of installed scrapbooks to a minimum. If an archived scrapbook is needed then you can use the Import Content Files option in Content Manager to add it to the Scrapbook Palette . It can be deleted from the palette later, when no longer needed.

[edit] Painting or Pasting a Scrapbook

	Scrapbooks can be Pasted into your Trainz World using the normal paste Ctrl + V keys
	Scrapbooks can be Painted into your Trainz World using the Brush Tool
	In both cases the contents of the scrapbook that will be pasted/painted and how they will be pasted/painted are controlled by the Filter Settings in the Scrapbook Palette

[edit] Painting a Scrapbook

Existing Scrapbooks can be painted into the Trainz World using the Brush Tool (see the Trainz Wiki page

How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Tools).

When the Brush Tool Scrapbook Data Target is selected, a second drop down box will give a choice of two brush Actions that control how the scrapbook will be applied.

The actions are:-

	Scrapbook Brush
	Scrapbook Clone

Scrapbook Brush Actions:

Scrapbook Brush	will resize the scrapbook contents to fit the Tool Options Palette Shape and Radius settings
Scrapbook Clone	will paint the scrapbook sized according to the Tool Options Palette Scale and Radius settings. See Notes below

Notes:

Scrapbook Brush will resize the scrapbook contents to fit the selected brush shape and size.

	If the brush is small then the scrapbook contents will be compressed closer together
	If the brush is large then the contents will be spaced further apart
	Every Left Click will paste another complete scrapbook copy
	The Scale setting in the Tool Options Palette is ignored.

Scrapbook Clone will paste the scrapbook sized according to the Scale setting (100% = original size)

If the brush is the same size as the scaled scrapbook then a single exact copy will be pasted

If the brush is smaller than the scaled scrapbook in size then only the central part of the scrapbook will be revealed and more will be added when the brush is moved around until the "painted" area covers the same area as the scaled scrapbook. Further painting will clone or tile the scrapbook contents

If the brush is larger than the scaled scrapbook in size then the contents will be cloned or tiled to fill the set brush radius

WARNING:

Take care if setting both the Scale and the Radius . Using extreme values for both, such as a very large brush radius and a very small scale value, can cause performance issues (i.e. long delays) while the program attempts to scale and clone the scrapbook contents

	Tool Options Palette Controls
	The active scrapbook brush options for each action are shown in the Tool Options Palette with a Gold coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored by the selected action, but they can still be edited.
	Most of the data entry boxes in the Tool Options Palette have a Popup Menu ( Right Click inside the box) that can be used to collect and distribute data - see the Wiki Page How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Palettes for more details.

[edit] Using the Scrapbook Clone Brush

When using the Scrapbook Clone brush its Radius and Scale settings in the Tool Options Palette are important.

For Example: Two trees as shown below are captured as a Scrapbook with a size of 2x1 baseboard squares.

When Using the Clone Brush Remember:

If the brush is the same size as the scaled scrapbook then a single exact copy will be painted

If the brush is smaller than the scaled scrapbook then only the central part of the scrapbook will be painted and more will be added when the brush is moved around until the "painted" area covers the same area as the scaled scrapbook

If the brush is larger than the scaled scrapbook in size then the contents will be cloned or tiled to fill the set brush radius

In all cases continuing to sweep with the brush will clone the scrapbook into the new areas

WARNING:

Take care if setting both the Scale and the Radius . Using extreme values for both, such as a very large brush radius and a very small scale value, can cause performance issues (i.e. long delays) while the program attempts to scale and clone the scrapbook contents

The Brush Tool target is set to Scrapbook Data and its action set to Scrapbook Clone. The effects of different Radius and Scale settings in the Tool Options Palette are shown below.

The Scrapbook Clone brush action will normally show the scaled size and shape of the scrapbook within the brush shape itself, in this case a circle.

When the brush radius is the same as the scaled scrapbook size then a single copy of the scrapbook will be painted into the brush.

An exception will be when the scrapbook is not square, as shown, in which case some of the scrapbook may be cloned and painted in the spaces on each side of the marked scrapbook shape but this will depend on the contents of the scrapbook. In this situation it may be better to select the Natural brush shape in the Tool Options Palette .

	A single Left Click will paint the entire scrapbook within the brush shape.
	A Left Click and Drag will paint and clone the scrapbook as the mouse moves across the terrain.

Using the Natural brush shape

By reducing the brush radius or increasing its scale (or both) then only part of the scrapbook will fit into the brush (no scrapbook brush outline will be shown)

	A single Left Click will only paint the central part of the scrapbook.
	A Left Click and Drag will paint and reveal more of the scrapbook as the mouse moves across the terrain.

By increasing the brush radius or reducing its scale (or both) then the scrapbook will be cloned so that several copies will be painted into the brush.
These are shown as additional scrapbook shapes within the brush area.

A single Left Click will paint multiple copies of the scrapbook within the brush shape as shown below.

By reducing the brush scale to an extreme (e.g. 1%) then the scrapbook will be cloned multiple times.

A single Left Click will fill each individual "micro-grid" inside the brush shape (shown as a "mesh pattern" in the image) with a scaled down but complete copy of the entire scrapbook.

This will almost certainly cause performance issues (long delays, "freezing") as the program attempts to both scale and clone the scrapbook. The end result is shown below.

[edit] Scrapbook Tool Options Settings

Scrapbook Brush
Brush options

Scrapbook Clone
Clone options

Radius

the brush radius (metres) - see Notes: below

Range:

5m and above for 5m and 10m grid resolutions
0.12m and above for HD Terrain (available in Trainz Plus only)

Sensitivity

if the Ground Height option has been enabled in the Scrapbook Palette filter settings, then this will set the rate or speed at which the ground height will change

Range:

1% = slowest to
100% = fastest

Rotation

initial rotation angle (degrees) - see Notes: below

Range:

0° to ±360° (larger angles can be entered)

Scale

the scrapbook scaling factor - see Notes: below

Range:

0.01% = smallest to

100% = full size to

>100% larger than full size

Shape

brush shape

Options:		Circle and Square will set the brush to the selected shape with the Radius setting the brush size
	Natural will set the brush to the same shape as the Marquee that created the scrapbook, which may be rectangular. The Radius setting will scale the brush size

The Height setting has no effect on the Scrapbook. This feature is controlled by the Scrapbook Palette Filter Ground Height options.

	On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments
	Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. Right Click inside the box to open its menu list - see Info Settings Menu above for the details

Notes:

	Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will decrease as the brush radius increases.
	The Rotation controls the starting angle for pasting the scrapbook objects. In Surveyor Classic you could only rotate and paste in 90° increments. In S20 you can rotate and paste at any angle.
	The Ground Height options in the Scrapbook Filters control how the terrain heights in the Scrapbook are applied
	Take care if setting both the Scale and the Radius . Using extreme values for both, such as a very large brush radius and a very small scale value, can cause performance issues (i.e. long delays) while the program attempts to scale and clone the scrapbook contents

[edit] Pasting a Scrapbook

The current Scrapbook can be Pasted into the Trainz World at the cursor (the Compass Rose) position by either:-
Options:
	pressing Ctrl + V , OR
	selecting Paste from the Context Menu of a selected object
In both cases the scrapbook contents will be pasted using the original scrapbooks size. It will be pasted inside a Marquee Selection Area that can be moved and resized. The objects that are pasted and how they are pasted is controlled by the current Scrapbook Palette filter settings

[edit] Setting the Scrapbook Filters

You will probably need to undock and resize the Scrapbook palette to make full use of its filters. Refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document for undocking and resizing instructions

Steps: To Open the Scrapbook Filters
	Left Click on the arrowhead next to the Filters: label below the scrapbook image to open the scrapbook filters.
These filters control which elements in the scrapbook are added to the Trainz World and how they are added.

Sample Filter Settings:-
You can vary the appearance of the scrapbook when added to a route by painting or pasting it with different filter combinations. For example:-

Ground Height:

None

ground height data will not be pasted and the ground heights already in the target area will be used

Ground Texture:

Overwrite

textures present in the scrapbook will replace those already in the target area

Meshes:

Add

scenery objects in the scrapbook will be added to those already in the target area

Splines:

Add

scenery splines in the scrapbook will be added to those already in the target area

Effect Layers:

None

effect layers in the scrapbook will not be pasted and any already in the target area will be used

You can also add more variety when painting a Scrapbook by changing its Tool Options Palette Scale and Rotation settings in combination with different Filter selections (as shown above)

Scrapbook Painting/Pasting Options

What Data to Transfer

Ground Height

terrain height(s) used in the scrapbook

Texture

textures used in the scrapbook

Meshes

scenery objects (e.g. trees, buildings) used in the scrapbook

Splines

spline objects used in the scrapbook

Effect Layers

TurfFX/Clutter Effect Layers used in the scrapbook

Water and Color Effect Layers cannot be added to a scrapbook as they already cover the entire route

How to Transfer the Data

None

do not paint/paste this feature

Add

add this feature to those already present

Overwrite

use this feature to replace those already present

For the Ground Height:-

None

do not paste/paint the scrapbook ground heights, use the existing ground heights instead

Absolute

use the ground heights in the scrapbook to replace the existing ground heights

Relative

use the difference between the existing ground heights and those used in the scrapbook

[edit] The Asset Preview Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

If the Asset Preview Palette is not visible on the screen then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document.

This palette gives a rotating 3D view of an asset that has been selected in the Assets Palette . It works with all assets except effect layers.

The Asset Preview Palette can be enlarged once it has been undocked.

The current Surveyor 2.0 version has no display or control options and lacks the "zoom" and other features found in the Preview function of Content Manager.

[edit] The Content Packages Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

If the Content Packages Palette is not visible on the screen then refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document.

This palette is mainly intended for content creators, particularly MPS (Multi Player Surveyor) content. It helps manage, prepare and upload to the MPS Server a user created "Content Package". The web site for the TCCP (Trainz Content Creation Program), which is not MPS specific, can be found at

info.trainzsimulator.com/tccp

For a more technical description of using the Content Packages Palette see the Trainz Wiki page

Content Packages

Notes:

	The Content Packages Palette is intended for use by Content Creators , particularly those creating MPS (Multi Player Surveyor) routes . But it can be used by anyone to help manage installed packages and identify their details and contents.
	Its content creation function does not support session data - it is for routes only

The palette lists all the installed Content Packages that have assets available for use. Two special packages are included in the list:-

	All Installed Content which covers all offline (non-MPS) content, and
	multiplayersurveyor which includes all the default content on the live MPS Server

Each package in the list can be individually:-
	Enabled - which means its assets will be available for use in a new user created package OR
	Disabled - which means its assets will NOT be available for use in a new user created package
The top package. All Installed Content is enabled by default but it can be disabled

Steps: To Enable a package:-
	Left Click on the (Disabled icon) after the name of the package
To Disable a package:-
	Left Click on the (Enabled icon) after the name of the package

Once you have enabled a package, the Revert button will become active. Click it to Disable all enabled packages except the All Installed Content package (which can be disabled manually).

Enabling packages in an MPS Route will prompt other users who download the Route to install the same packages

[edit] Content Package Details

Steps: To view the details of a package:-
	Right Click on the package name
	Select the option View Details

Some packages will display the message

If details are available then something like the following example will be shown.

Details:
	description
	status e.g. Purchased (installed), Purchased (update available)
	ID code
	version - packages that have been Uninstalled will show (not installed)

Options:
Left Click to uninstall the package but first read the Warning below
Left Click to open a Content Manager window listing the contents of this package

If you Uninstall a package it will still appear in the palette content package list until the palette is either Hidden or Closed. Uninstalled packages can be reinstalled later using the Content Store

Warning:

If you Uninstall a package you will also delete any Packaged assets it contains that may be needed by other assets on your system, such as routes. Packaged assets may (or may not) be found on the DLS - that is a decision made by the creator of the package. They are not Payware but come as part of an installed DLC package. Trainz has no way of knowing if a "packaged" asset it is about to delete had previously been "Installed from the DLS", and could therefore be needed elsewhere, or was only installed with the package.

Uninstalling a package can leave you with some (or many) "Missing dependency" error messages. The remedy is to use Content Manager to first perform a DBR (database repair) and then download the missing dependencies from the DLS BUT it is possible that some of the "missing dependencies" can only be found in the DLC Package you have just uninstalled.

[edit] Testing the Packages

While you can manually select the packages to be enabled, an easier option may be to let the program perform that task.

With or without any packages enabled, Left Click on the icon showing 3 horizontal bars (bottom right) to open a menu.
S20 PalettePackagesMenu.png

Automatically Enable Required Packages

attempts to automatically identify and enable the minimum number of packages required by the current route. This only affects the packages listed in the palette and nothing else

List Assets Unsupported by Enabled Packages

this will either:-

	open Content Manager with a window displaying all the assets (objects) used in the current route that are not found in the enabled packages, OR
	give the preferred result as shown in the following message

Steps: To identify the assets that are required by the current route that are not supported by the enabled packages:-
	Disable all packages - the Revert button will reset any enabled packages leaving only the top package enabled
	Select the menu option Automatically Enable Required Packages . There may be a delay of a few seconds.
	Select the menu option List Assets Unsupported by Enabled Packages

[edit] Dealing with Unsupported Assets

If you have manually selected and enabled the packages you want to include and have been shown a list of assets that are not supported by your selection, then you will need to identify the missing packages (if any) and add them manually.

Steps: To identify and add missing packages:-
	Left Click on the first asset in the Content Manager window
	open the Content Menu and select the option Report Containing Packages
	note the ID of the package. If no ID is shown then the asset does not belong to an installed package (see option below for dealing with these assets)
	repeat for each asset in the Content Manager list
	Enable the identified missing packages. The IDs of all the installed packages can be found by using the steps described in Content Package Details above

If you have used the Automatically Enable Required Packages option then any unsupported assets found will not belong to any installed packages. In this case you will need to create a new package using TCCP and add them to that package - see the Trainz Wiki Page at

TCCP Content Creation. If that is not a suitable option then you will need to either remove the unsupported assets from the route or replace them with supported assets.

[edit] Apply and Upload

Once you have enabled the required packages, you need to prepare the route for uploading to the live MPS Server

Steps:

Left Click the Apply button at the bottom of the palette window.

You may be shown an error report which will list the assets, by their kuids, that have failed a compliance test. In this case the package creation will not proceed. You will need to identify each asset listed in the report and take any necessary action, such as replacing the assets or removing them from the route.
If there is no error report then you will be shown the following message:-

Note:

If you have NOT already saved this route then it will be saved using "New Route" as its name. Left Click Cancel , save using your preferred route name and then return to the Content Packages Palette.

To accept the changes, Left Click OK

The next step is to upload the new package to the live MPS Server.

Steps:

Open the

Surveyor Sharing Menu from the Main Menu icons

	Select the option Share Route . You will receive a warning that Session Data is not supported.
	To proceed Left Click OK To cancel the upload Left Click Cancel

Assuming that you selected OK then the route will be packaged and uploaded to the live MPS Server. A successful upload will be indicated by the final message as shown below:-

A route that has been uploaded to the MPS Server will appear with a colour band in the Surveyor Select a Route/Session window.

[edit] The Driver Control Center

This is a Surveyor palette

and a Driver window

If the Driver Control Center is not visible on the screen then choose one of:-

Options:
	in Driver or Surveyor open the Window Menu and Left Click on the Driver Control Center option
	In Driver Left Click on the Driver Icon at the bottom left of the screen

Notes:

In Trainz Plus this palette/window has been redesigned for the Trainz Living Railroad (TLR) feature.

	most of its features can be used without the TLR
	it is NOT a replacement for the Driver Setup Rule in the Session Editor

This provides a full list of available drivers, their assigned trains, tasks (if any) and the tools to manage them in both Surveyor and Driver

The Drivers Palette list can be scrolled up and down to reveal more available drivers.

	The driver with the current camera focus is shown on a blue background
	In Surveyor this palette and its child windows can be minimised and resized
	In Driver this window can be minimised but NOT resized, however its child windows can be both minimised and resized

Next to the image of each driver is:-

	a thumbnail of their assigned locomotive (or No assigned location)
	the assigned locomotives Object Name. This can be set in Surveyor using either the Info Palette or the Driver Properties Tool
	the current control state of the train - the next command in their Driver Command List (driver Bald shown left), Manual Control (driver Aldair), Not in a Train (driver Kenny) or Idle (driver Jane)

Above each drivers image is a Tool Bar for that driver

Left Click to open a drop down menu to assign this driver to:-

Not Assigned (driver Jane shown left) will make the driver unavailable for use but will still remain in the driver list

Automatic Scheduler available in Trainz Plus only this assigns control of the driver to the TLR but the Dispatch Status setting in the Dispatch Manager Window must be Enabled
Player Controlled will return the driver to active duty in the driver list

Left Click to Delete the current driver

If a driver has been assigned to a train (drivers Adair and Bald) then Left Click this icon to Remove the driver from this train. See

Switching Drivers below

If the icon is greyed out and cannot be selected (driver Jane) then the driver is not available for use. Drivers that are assigned to the Automatic Scheduler in Trainz Plus will also have this icon

If a driver is available for use (Player Controlled) but has NOT been assigned to a train (driver Kenny) then Left Click this icon to select a train to assign to this driver. See

Assigning Drivers below

If the icon is greyed out and cannot be selected then the driver is not available for use

Left Click to view and edit the details for the current driver and train. See

Driver Properties below

Left Click this icon to change the camera focus to this driver. The blue background identifies the driver with the current camera focus

If the icon is greyed out and cannot be selected (driver Kenny) then the driver has not been assigned to a train

Located at the bottom of the driver list (you may have to scroll down) Left Click to Add a New Driver. See Adding a Driver below

[edit] Adding a Driver

New drivers can be added to the Drivers Palette

Notes:

A randomly selected driver will be automatically added to the Drivers Palette when a locomotive is added to your Trainz World - if this option has been set in the

Driver Setup Rule. The driver will be assigned to the new locomotive

Steps: To add a new driver to the Drivers Palette:-
	scroll down the driver list to the bottom to reveal the Add New Driver button
	Left Click on the button to open the Driver Selection window shown on the left
	select ( Left Click on) a driver and then Left Click on the tick icon
The selected driver will be added to the end of the driver list but will be not be assigned to a train

A driver can be deleted from the list at any time using the

tool in the driver tool bar

[edit] Assigning Drivers

A driver that has no currently assigned train can have one assigned to them

Steps: To assign a driver to a train:-

Move to Destination
You can reasign the driver by a Left Click on the icon to select a new train for this driver. The Drivers Palette will change to the image shown below right

If Move to Destination cannot be selected then check if the driver has been set to Not Assigned or Automatic Scheduler available in Trainz Plus only. If necessary you can change the setting to Player Controlled but that may affect other operations such as the TLR

Choose one of the following:-
Options:

Left Click on a train in your Trainz World that does not already have an assigned driver. The selected driver will then be assigned to this train

Left Click on the

icon OR press the Esc key to Cancel the selection operation and return to the normal Drivers Palette

Left Click on the Add New Driver button

to select and add a new unassigned driver to the palette as described in

Adding a Driver above. Then repeat the process described from Step 1 above

[edit] Switching Drivers

A driver that is currently assigned to a train can be reassigned to a different train or to no train

Steps: To switch a driver from one train to another:-

Get off Train
Left Click on the icon to leave the assigned train so that the driver can be assigned to another or none

Once the driver has left the train, the icon will change to a new design

Move to Destination
This is optional. You can reasign the driver by a Left Click on the icon to select a new train for this driver. The Drivers Palette will change to the image shown below right

If Move to Destination cannot be selected then check if the driver has been set to Not Assigned or Automatic Scheduler available in Trainz Plus only. If necessary you can change the setting to Player Controlled but that may affect other operations such as the TLR

Choose one of the following:-

Options:

	Left Click on a train in your Trainz World that does not already have an assigned driver. The selected driver will then be assigned to this train
	Left Click on the icon OR press the Esc key to Cancel the selection operation and return to the normal Drivers Palette
	Left Click on the Add New Driver button to select and add a new unassigned driver to the palette as described in Adding a Driver above. Then continue the process described from Step 2 above

[edit] Driver Properties

To open the Driver Properties Window:-
Options:

In Driver:-

Steps:
	Left Click on the Driver Icon at the bottom left of the screen
	select the driver from the driver list ( Left Click on its Eye icon if it is not the driver with the focus)
	Left Click on the View Driver Properties Tool for that driver

In Driver and Surveyor:-

Steps:
	Open the Window Menu and select Driver Control Center
	select the driver from the driver list ( Left Click on its Eye icon if it is not the driver with the focus)
	Left Click on the View Driver Properties Tool for that driver

[edit] In Surveyor and Driver

Notes: Surveyor or Driver

	In Driver the data displayed in the Driver Properties Window is dynamic. It will change as consists move around the route loading and unloading products and obeying commands
	In Surveyor the data displayed in the Driver Properties Window is static and will show the situation that exists at the start (if you loaded the session directly into Surveyor - see point below) or at the instant when you switched, via the UDS, from Driver to Surveyor
	If you opened the session directly into Surveyor before using Driver then no driver names will be assigned to any of the trains (this is done by the Driver Setup Rule which runs in Driver). Locomotives, without driver names, will be shown labelled as "Consist nn". Once Driver has been started and you use the UDS to switch to Surveyor then the names of all the assigned drivers will be shown.

After selecting the

View Driver Properties Tool, the following Properties window will open

Map

This shows the location of the driver in the route. It is "zoomable".

Steps: To Zoom the Map In/Out:-
	Move the mouse pointer onto the map area
	Rotate the mouse Scroll Wheel forward to Zoom In and back to Zoom Out
	The map will always remain centered on the selected driver

Command Status

This shows the command queue for this driver. If the Player Assignment for the driver has been set to the Automatic Scheduler in Trainz Plus only then the driver commands will be added by the TLR (Trainz Living Railroad)

	For drivers under Player Control you can add, edit and delete driver commands. The Add Command icon will be shown (indicated by the arrow in the image below) and the driver commands can be edited
	For drivers under the control of the TLR no Add Command icon will be shown and the commands cannot be edited

Left Click on the i button for a brief description of the options in each section

	Activity Log
This shows the event history for this driver. The displayed list can be filtered using the same methods described above at Dispatch Filters

	Driver Settings
These options set how this driver will be controlled

Each Driver Setting has a sub menu as shown in the image below. Left Click on the down arrowhead of a setting to open its sub menu

DispatchManagerDriverSettingsOptions S20.png

Driver Settings Menu Options

Driver Camera View:

Left Click on this icon to move the camera POV (Point of View) to this driver

Driver Location:

Move to Train

The player takes control of this train. Only selectable if the driver is not assigned to the Automatic Scheduler in Trainz Plus only

Get off Train

The player releases control of this train. Only selectable if the driver is not assigned to the Automatic Scheduler in Trainz Plus only

Show <name_of_loco (Consist nn)>

opens the dialogue window for this locomotive

Player Assignment:

Not Assigned

no driver will be assigned to this train. In Trainz Plus this will cancel the Automatic Scheduler and remove the train from the TLR

Automatic Scheduler in Trainz Plus only

train will be under the control of the TLR (Trainz Living Railroad)

Player Controlled

train will be available for control by the player either manually or by using AI driver commands. In Trainz Plus this will cancel the Automatic Scheduler and remove the train from the TLR

Train Classification: These options control the running lights displayed on the leading locomotive if that locomotive has been configured correctly

Timetabled Train (Off)

sets the running lights for a normal scheduled train service

Extra Train (White)

sets the running lights to indicate that this is an additional (not regularly scheduled) train service

Train with following section (Green)

sets the running lights to indicate that this service has an additional (or "second division") service following. That following service should be set to show the Extra Train running lights

Dispatch Status: available in Trainz Plus only

In Trainz Plus the Dispatch Manager Dispatch Status setting must be Enabled for these options to be available. See Dispatch Manager for more details

Claim Task

this will cancel the Automatic Scheduler if it has been set, and you, the player, will be given control of the train. Any driver commands in the Command Status will be cleared.

If the current driver has already been Claimed then Assign to Automatic Scheduler will appear instead of the Claim Task option. Selecting Assign to Automatic Scheduler will return the driver to the TLR

Pause Task

the current TLR tasks for this driver will be paused and the train will be halted. No other drivers will be affected.

The Pause Task option will not appear if the Claim Task option has been selected.
If the current driver has been put on Pause then Resume Task will appear instead of the Pause Task option. Selecting Resume Task will return the driver to the TLR to continue its normal operations

Cancel Task

the current driver commands in the Command Status will be terminated. The TLR will then allocate new tasks to this driver

Show <driver_name>

not selectable because you are already in the Driver Properties Window

Show <industry_name_1>

this will open the Industry Manager window for the industry currently being serviced (i.e. where the train is loading/unloading) or, if the train is moving towards its next industry task, the industry that the driver has just departed - see

Manage Industries for more information

Show <industry_name_2>

this will open the Industry Manager window for the next industry to be serviced by the train (i.e. its destination) - see

Manage Industries for more information

Show Dispatch Manager

if you have closed the Dispatch Manager window, or minimised it to free up screen space, then this will return it to the screen

[edit] In Driver

Available in Trainz Plus only When used in Driver Mode a coloured line will appear above the track showing the path, or possible paths, when the next command in the Command Status queue is a movement command, such as Drive To..., Navigate To... or Couple To.... The path lines will not be shown when these commands are not being executed. The colour of the path lines are Blue, Green, Orange and Red.

	Notes: Path Colours:-
These colours identify the type of service and are a "Work In Progress". They may change in future releases
	Locomotive only
	Passenger (not yet implemented)
	Freight
	Active Path (for the selected driver)

Left Click on the Close button to close the window and return to the Drivers Palette or Driver Control Center.

Notes:

	The signals and switches along the path may not be correctly set until the train approaches and activates them
	The path options are controlled from the Main Display Menu, as shown below, and are independent of the Driver Properties window

[edit] Driver Location

This allows you to move the driver to a new train and to view/edit the details of their current train

Steps: To edit the driver location:-
	Left Click on the white Down Arrowhead following the name of the assigned locomotive
	select an option from the drop down menu

Choose one of the following:-
Options:

Move to Train...

performs the same task as shown in

Switching Drivers above. This option will not be available if the Player Assignment has been set to Automatic Sheduler (available in Trainz Plus only), OR

Get off Train

the driver assignment to this train will be terminated. This option will not be available if the Player Assignment has been set to Automatic Sheduler (available in Trainz Plus only), OR

Show <name of loco>

this will open a new Properties window showing details of the assigned train. Some of those details can be edited. See Train Properties below

Left Click on the Close button to close the window and return to the Drivers Palette.

[edit] Train Properties

The Show <name of loco> option will open the Train Properties window

There are a number of control and display options built into this window.

Train Priority:
	Left Click the white down arrowhead next to the label Priority and select a priority value 1 , 2 or 3 to assign to this train

Classification:
	Left Click the white down arrowhead and select a running classification for this train

Driver:
	Left Click the white down arrowhead just below the Driver Image and select an option Show Driver <Name of Driver> will re-open the Train Properties window if it had been closed or minimised Move to Train... and Get off Train are the same as described above

Left Click on the Close button to close the window and return to the Driver Properties window.

[edit] Script Properties

Steps: To display the legacy script properties of the locomotive:-
	Left Click on the window icon to open the Script Properties window
		Left Click the button to close the window

You can edit the Script Properties of a locomotive.

DriverPaletteScriptPropertiesWindowEdit S20.png

Steps: To edit the Script Properties:-
	Left Click on the Enable Editing button
	All the script controlled properties of that particular locomotive, as shown left, can be opened ( Left Click on the link) and edited
	To Save your edits Left Click on the Save Changes button, OR To Cancel your edits Left Click on the Cancel button

[edit] Player Assignment

This allows you to set the driver control assignment

Steps: To change a driver assignment:-
	Left Click on the white Down Arrowhead following the name of the player
	select an option from the drop down menu

Choose one of the following:-
Options:

Not Assigned

makes the driver unavailable but keeps them in the driver list, OR

Automatic Scheduler

available in Trainz Plus only this assigns control of the driver to the TLR but the Living Railroad Dispatch setting must be Enabled in the

Dispatch Manager Window, OR

Player Controlled

returns the driver to active duty in the driver list

Left Click on the Close button to close the window and return to the Drivers Palette.

[edit] Command Status

	The Command Status displays the list of driver commands waiting for execution by the selected driver
	New driver commands can be added and existing commands removed

Two sample driver command lists

For a driver under AI control
	The Add Command icon is shown (circled in red in the image above) at the end of the command list
	New commands can be added, existing commands can be deleted or edited
For a driver under Player Control
	The Add Command icon will be present without any commands

For a driver under control of the TLR Automatic Scheduler available in Trainz Plus only
	There is no Add Command icon
	New driver commands cannot be added, existing commands cannot be deleted or edited

Steps: To add a command to the driver command list:-

Left Click on the Command Point identified by the red circle in the image above left and the red arrow in the image left

select the command from the pop up menu. Many of the commands will need you to enter data (e.g. the name of the destination)

The commands shown in the pop up menu are set by the

Driver Command Rule in the

Session Editor

repeat as needed for each new command

Steps: To remove a command from the driver command list:-
	Left Click and Drag the command to be removed out of the Command Status area and release the mouse button

The changes you make to the Command Status list will also be made in the Driver Command Bar at the bottom right of the screen

Left Click on the Close button to close the window and return to the Drivers Palette.

[edit] Activity Log

This allows you to monitor the activity and progress of a driver

This gives a detailed list of every operation started and completed by the selected driver. In the example shown on the left this includes gaining and releasing "permits" (access or permission) for each junction switch along the drivers path.

the display area has a vertical scroll bar on the right for longer reports

Left Click on the coloured dots to toggle them on/off and filter the log entries by message type

	Grey ON shows general messages: Grey OFF hides general messages
	Yellow ON shows warnings: Yellow OFF hides warnings
	Red ON shows error messages: Red OFF hides error messages
	Green ON shows "task completed" messages: Green OFF hides "task completed" messages

Left Click in the Search text box to enter a text string to filter the log entries

Left Click on the Close button to close the window and return to the Drivers Palette.

[edit] The Dispatch Manager Window

This is a Surveyor window

and a Driver window

This window is only available in Trainz Plus

	Dispatch Manager is a tool that gives you access to Drivers, Consists and Industries for assigning and monitoring product pickup and delivery tasks
	Dispatch Manager will work with all drivers but is best used with those that have been assigned to the Automatic Scheduler placing them under the control of the TLR (Trainz Living Railroad) and drivers under AI control that are servicing (loading/unloading at) industries

The Dispatch Manager:-

is only available in Trainz Plus

is a Window in Surveyor Classic, Surveyor 2.0 and in Driver so it cannot be docked to other palettes

can be resized, moved around the screen and minimised

Steps: To Open the Dispatch Manager in Surveyor or Driver:-
	Open the Tools Menu
	Select the option Dispatch Manager

Surveyor
ToolsMenuSurveyorDispatch S20.png

Driver
ToolsMenuDriverDispatch S20.png

The Dispatch Manager window will display a list of all the

	industries and their current status - loading, unloading, waiting pickup, etc
	powered consists (i.e. with a loco attached) and their status - driver name, load, destination (or idle), delivering or collecting, etc
	consists (i.e. with no loco attached) and their status - available for dispatch or not
	drivers and their status - available for dispatch or not assigned
When first displayed the window will default to showing all available consists, drivers and industries, as shown below.
Dispatch Manager will allow you to perform tasks, both in Surveyor and Driver, to:
	locate rolling stock for a particular product
	claim a task (take control of a particular consist) to act as the driver

Notes: Surveyor or Driver

	In Driver the data display is dynamic. It will change as consists move around the route loading and unloading products and obeying commands
	In Surveyor the data display is static and will show the situation at the start (if you loaded the session directly into Surveyor - see point below) or at the instant when you switched, via the UDS, from Driver to Surveyor
	If you open Dispatch Manager in Surveyor before using Driver then no drivers will be assigned to any of the locomotives (this is done by the Driver Setup Rule which runs in Driver). Locomotives, without driver names, will be shown labelled as "Consist nn". Once Driver has been started then you can use the UDS to switch to Surveyor and the names of all the assigned drivers will be shown.

Left Click on the i button for a brief description of the options in each section

[edit] Dispatch Settings

[edit] Dispatch Status

The Dispatch Status setting enables/disables the control of Dispatch Manager over ALL consists and industries

Steps: To Set the Dispatch Status:-
	Left Click on the down arrowhead next to the current status setting
	Select a new status setting from the options listed in the drop down list (see descriptions below)

Dispatch Status Menu Options

Enabled

this is the default setting. Selecting Enabled will allow all consists, powered or not, to be accessable in Dispatch Manager

Disabled

selecting Disabled will not stop the running of consists under AI control or the TLR (Trainz Living Railroad) but they will no longer be under the control of the Dispatch Manager (but they can later be Enabled)

Clear Cached Track Paths

will clear the memory cache of all stored paths for all drivers in Dispatch Manager. The memory cache will then be rebuilt from the current driver commands. This option would be chosen if there is a problem with the cached track paths or you have edited some of the driver commands and the cache needs to be updated. The actual commands assigned to the drivers and the AI operations will not be affected. Selecting this option will produce a warning about the possible time delay needed to rebuild the cache. This option must be confirmed before it will be executed

[edit] Restart Stuck AI

This setting enables/disables the ability of the AI to find an alternative path for a consist that is currently unable to proceed to its destination

Steps: To Set the AI Restart Status:-
	Left Click on the down arrowhead next to the current status setting
	Select a new setting from the options listed in the drop down list (see descriptions below)

Stuck AI Menu Options

Enabled

this is the default setting. Selecting Enabled will allow AI to attempt to find a solution for a consist that is unable to proceed to its destination

Disabled

selecting Disabled will prevent the AI attempting to find a solution for a consist that is unable to proceed to its destination. This will allow you to take manual control of the consist to solve the problem yourself. The Dispatch Manager display will indicate which consists are "stuck" and need assistance

[edit] Dispatch Controls

The Dispatch Controls provide you with:-
	data on what is happening with your consists, both powered (under TLR or AI control) and unpowered (no loco attached)
	data on what is happening with your industries (loads waiting and/or delivered)
	the ability to override the TLR/AI and take complete manual control of any driver
	the ability to edit the product loads of any rolling stock object
	the ability to edit the product levels produced and consumed of any industry

[edit] Dispatch Filters

Filters built into the Dispatch Manager allow the list of displayed entries to be reduced to those that interest you

There are some basic filter options available to reduce the quantity of data displayed.

DispatchManagerColourFilterSearch S20.png

in the Search box enter the name of a driver (e.g. Ami), a location (e.g. Richmond), an industry (e.g. Tipple), a product (e.g. Coal) or a consist (e.g. Consist 29). UPPER/lower case is not important

the coloured dots will filter the types of messages shown in the display. Left Click on a coloured dot to toggle on/off each message type

	Grey ON shows player activity messages (e.g. player <name> moved to loco <name>): Grey OFF hides them
	Yellow ON shows caution warnings (e.g. <driver_name> has stopped for a red signal (Signal <name/number>)): Yellow OFF hides them
	Red ON shows Stuck and other problem messages: Red OFF hides them
	Green ON shows Task proceeding messages (e.g. <driver_name> is delivering coal at <Industry_name>): Green OFF hides them
For example: Turning OFF all the coloured dots except could produce the following display

the display can be filtered by its data categories. Left Click on the down arrowhead next to the title Item (All) to reveal the different data categories

Left Click on a category name (e.g. Industries) to filter the display using that category
DispatchManagerShowIndustriesi S20.png

the above filter options can be combined. Some examples:

	To display all coal industries type Coal in the search box and select the category Industries - this will exclude consists carrying coal as a product
	To display all drivers hauling lumber type Lumber in the search box and select the category Drivers

[edit] Item Status

The Status column of the display gives you access to more information about each item in the display as well as editing and control tools

Each item in the display has a sub menu that will give you access to additional information and control options.

Steps: To Open an Item Status Sub Menu:-
	Left Click on the down arrowhead at the end of the Status description of the required item. The options shown in a sub menu will depend on the type of item selected and if it has any active tasks

Example 1: The driver Levi has active driver commands to execute

When the sub menu is opened it will have a set of options as shown in the image below. These options will vary between specific examples

Example 2: Consist 147 does not have a loco or a driver and, as a result, has not yet been assigned to a task by the Dispatcher

When the sub menu is opened it will have a set of options as shown in the image below.

Item Status Menu Options

Claim Task

this will cancel the Automatic Scheduler if it has been set, and you, the player, will be given control of the train. Any driver commands in the Command Status will be cleared.

If the current driver has already been Claimed then Assign to Automatic Scheduler will appear instead of the Claim Task option. Selecting Assign to Automatic Scheduler will return the driver to the TLR

Pause Task

the current TLR tasks for this driver will be paused and the train will be halted. No other drivers will be affected

The Pause Task option will not appear if the Claim Task option has been selected.
If the current driver has been put on Pause then Resume Task will appear instead of the Pause Task option. Selecting Resume Task will return the driver to the TLR to continue its normal operations

Cancel Task

the current driver commands in the Command Status will be terminated. The TLR will then allocate new tasks to this driver

Show <driver_name>

this will open the Driver Manager window - see

Manage Drivers for more information

Show <industry_name_1>

this will open the Industry Manager window for the industry currently being serviced (i.e. where the train is loading/unloading) or, if the train is moving towards its next industry task, then it will show the industry that the driver has just departed - see

Manage Industries for more information

Show <industry_name_2>

this will open the Industry Manager window for the next industry to be serviced by the train (i.e. its destination) - see

Manage Industries for more information

Show Consist <number>

this will open the Consist Manager window for the first wagon of the consist - see

Configure Consists for more information

[edit] Managing Drivers

Managing Drivers is best performed using the Driver Control Center palette/window described at

Driver Control Center.

[edit] Managing Industries

	Industries are scenery objects that can load and/or unload products into/from consists
	Not all scenery objects are Industries

Not all objects placed in a route or assets installed in Trainz will be industries that can load and unload commodities (products).

Steps: To Identify Industry Enabled Assets and Objects:-
In Surveyor - In the Assets Palette
	In the Assets Palette select the asset to be used - you can enter text in the Search Box (e.g. Coal) or use other search tools to narrow the list of assets. If the selected asset is Industry Enabled then its icon in the filtered list will resemble a factory
In Surveyor - In the Route
	Select the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool and Left Click on an object in the scene. If the selected object is Industry Enabled then its Context Icon will resemble a factory
	All industry enabled objects will have track attached to them. In some cases the industry will consist of track alone with no attached structures. In other cases the object may be invisible but it will have visible attachment points for normal track
	For additional confirmation, open its Context Menu ( Left Click on the icon or press the T key). The last selectable option in the menu will be Edit Details
In Content Manager
	In Content Manager set the Search Filter to Installed to locate industry assets that are already installed, or to Download Station to find those that have not been installed. You can enter text in the Search Box (e.g. Coal) to narrow down the asset list. If an asset is Industry Enabled then it will have a small industry icon at the start of its name

You can open the Industry Properties Window of a selected industry by one of two methods depending on your Trainz version and starting point

from Surveyor using Trainz Plus or TRS22PE

from Surveyor or Driver using Trainz Plus

Steps: To Open the Properties Window of an industry enabled object from Surveyor:-

Use the

Free Move Tool to Left Click on the industry object

either press the T key or Left Click on its Context Icon

select the Edit Details option

If the Edit Details option is greyed out and cannot be selected then the object is NOT an industry - it cannot load or unload products

Steps: To Open the Properties Window of a industry enabled object from

Dispatch Manager (available in Trainz Plus only) in either Surveyor or Driver:-

Open the

Tools Menu from the Surveyor/Driver Main Menu bar and select the Dispatch Manager option from the drop down menu

from the Dispatch Manager window identify the industry to be edited

Filter the items displayed using the option Industries. Only those scenery objects that are able to load/unload products will be listed

Left Click on the down Arrowhead icon of a product from the selected industry in the Status column

(e.g. )

From the drop down menu select the Show <name_of_industry> option to open the Industry Properties Window

If you have opened the Dispatch Manager and Industry Properties Windows from Driver then Left Click on the Enable Editing button at the bottom of the Industry Properties Window

Four of several possible Industry Properties Windows are shown below
	Legacy Industry View - Industry Processes and/or Commodity Levels not set but Legacy View window with controls is present. See Legacy Industries below for instructions on configuring this industry


	Updated Industry View - Industry Processes and Commodity Levels set for at least one product. See Preload an Industry below for instructions on changing the configurion of this industry


	Updated Passenger Industry View - Passenger Platforms properties set and additional legacy configuration options may be present. See Preload an Industry below for instructions on changing the configurion of this industry


	"Probably Not an Industry View" - No Industry Processes and Commodity Levels present, nothing in the Legacy View-Details Window. See Legacy Industries below for information on diagnosing this industry

[edit] Configuring an Industry

Most industries have few, if any, settings apart from product levels that can be edited

	In almost all industries the only non-product property that can be edited is the industry name
Steps: To Edit the Name of an Industry Object:-
	Select the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool and Left Click on an object in the scene
	Open the Info Palette
	Edit or type the name in the Name text entry box. See Info Palette for the details
	press the Enter key

[edit] Preload an Industry

	An industry can be preloaded with a product, or multiple products, that were specified when the industry was created
	Many industries are "locked" in that only one or a few set products will be allowed

There are so many different types of industries and products available, and many variations of each, that it is impossible to cover them all in this document. A few of the more common possibilities are shown here

If there is nothing labelled Commodity Levels and Industry Processes in the selected objects properties then it may not be an industry or it may be a Legacy Industry. Check the section

Legacy Industries below

The Commodity Levels section sets the initial or starting quantity of each product handled by that industry. After the session starts that commodity level will increase or decrease over time to new levels controlled by:-
	the Production of that commodity by the industry
	the Consumption of that commodity by the industry
	new deliveries of that commodity by consists
	pickups of that commodity by consists
The Industry Processes section sets the Production and Consumption of each product handled by that industry
	the Produces setting controls the Production Rate of that commodity by the industry
	the Consumes setting controls the Consumption Rate of that commodity by the industry
The term Rate refers how much of the commodity is produced or consumed during a set time period. This period may be fixed by the industry asset and cannot be changed. However, many industry assets will allow you to set the time period in the Legacy Settings for the industry (if available). See the Duration control in Step 3: Configure the Processes Tab in the industry example at Legacy Industries below

Example 1: Single Product Industry - Input or Output Only

Typical Uses: Mines, locomotive coal and water towers, power stations

To create an industry that will "forever" produce or consume an endless supply of a product:-

For Endless Production set:-

	Commodity Level for that product to 100%
	Industry Process - Produces for that product to 100%

For Endless Consumption set:-

	Commodity Level for that product to 0%
	Industry Process - Consumes for that product to 100%

Commodity Levels
Figures are those in the example shown in the image on the left

The product name and icon - Coal

The quantity of the product currently stored (500000 units) and the maximum storage level (1000000 units)

The process used by this product (Output)

An adjustable bar graph showing the above figures as a percentage (50%)

Industry Processes
Figures are those in the example shown in the image on the left

Green Arrow leading into the product icon plus the words "Output" and "Produces" indicates a Production Process

The quantity of the product produced every 30 seconds (500 units)

An adjustable bar graph showing the above figure as a percentage (<1%)

The time (500 minutes) needed to fill the available storage at the set production rate

The length of the green bar is set by applying the percentage figure to the total width of the bar graph space, not the light grey bar behind it. The length of the green bar, but not its percentage figure, will change as the window is resized

Steps: To Alter the Stored Product Quantity:-
	move the mouse pointer into the light grey area at the end of the green bar and Left Click and Drag it Left or Right to the required position. To set the Product Quantity to zero drag the bar to the extreme left
The figures showing the quantity stored and the time needed to fill (or empty) the storage space will be updated as the end of the bar is moved

Steps: To Alter the Production Rate:-
	move the mouse pointer into light grey area at the end of the green bar and Left Click and Drag it Left or Right to the required position. To set the Production Rate to zero drag the bar to the extreme left. The green bar in this example is already close to the extreme left because the initial production rate (500 units/30 secs) is quite small
The figures showing the time needed to fill the remaining storage space and the production rate will be updated as the end of the bar is moved

	Notes:
	Setting the Commodity Level of a product to zero will force the industry to rely on its Production Rate and on any deliveries to maintain a supply of that product. The commodity could be quickly emptied as each consist comes in to be loaded
	Setting the Production Rate of a product to zero will force the industry to rely on the Commodity Level that it has in storage and on any deliveries. If the commodity reaches zero when no more product will be available for loading
	Setting the Consumption Rate of a product to zero will stop all deliveries to the industry after its Commodity Level reaches its maximum level. It will then rely on the product being removed (loaded into empty consists) before it will accept any further deliveries

Example 2: Two Product Industry - Input and Output

Typical Uses: Timber mill, mineral processing, factory

Commodity Levels Figures in are those in the example shown in the image on the left
Product 1
	Name and icon - 62ft Log Load
	The quantity of the product currently stored (2 units) and the maximum storage level (20 units)
	The process used by this product (Input)
	An adjustable bar graph showing the above figures as a percentage (10%)
Product 2
	Name and icon - YZ Lumber Load 12ft (SDS) Lumber
	The quantity of the product currently stored (202 units) and the maximum storage level (256 units)
	The process used by this product (Output)
	An adjustable bar graph showing the above figures as a percentage (78%)

Industry Processes Figures in are those in the example shown in the image above
Product 2 - YZ Lumber Load (the products will not always be in the same order as above)
	Green Arrow leading into the product icon plus the words "Output" and "Produces" indicates a Production Process
	The quantity of the product produced every 30 seconds (5 units)
	An adjustable bar graph showing the above figure as a percentage (1%)
	The time (5 minutes) needed to fill the available storage at the set production rate
Product 1 - 62ft Log Load
	Green Arrow leaving the product icon plus the words "Input" and "Consumes" indicates a Consumption Process
	The quantity of the product consumed every 30 seconds (1 unit)
	An adjustable bar graph showing the above figure as a percentage (5%)
	The time (1 minute) needed to empty the available storage at the set consumption rate

Notes:

The Commodity Level of a product at any time depends on its starting level, its Consumption Rate, its Production Rate and any deliveries or pickups of that product made by consists.

Each product is completely independent of other (different) products. The commodity level, production or consumption rate of one product does not depend on the commodity level, production or consumption rate of another.

The exception to this is the Session Rule (<kuid:-25:1223> Power Station Rule) that links the Commodity Level of coal at one industry (a power station) with the production rate of products at a list different industries (e.g. factories).

Example 3: Two Product Holding Industry - Dual Input and Output

Typical Uses: Stockyards, warehouses, container depots

Commodity Levels
Figures are those in the example shown in the image above

Product 1
	Name and icon - Bull Hereford 01a load
	The quantity of the product currently stored (50 units) and the maximum storage level (100 units)
	The process used by this product (Input and Output)
	An adjustable bar graph showing the above figures as a percentage (50%)
Product 2
	Name and icon - Merino Sheep Load
	The quantity of the product currently stored (50 units) and the maximum storage level (100 units)
	The process used by this product (Input and Output)
	An adjustable bar graph showing the above figures as a percentage (50%)

To create an industry that will "forever" produce AND consume an endless supply of the same product or products, set the:-

	starting Commodity Level for each product to 50% or 100% of the maximum possible
	Industry Process - Produces for each product to about half the Commodity Level for that product (e.g. 25% or 50%)
	Industry Process - Consumes for each product to about half the Commodity Level for that product
Setting the Commodity Level value for a product at 100% may mean that a delivery made within the first set Duration period (e.g. the first 30 seconds) may not unload (see Legacy Industries below)

Industry Processes Figures are those in the example shown in the image above
	Product 1 and Product 2 both appear on both sides of the Green Arrow plus the term "Input/Output", and the words "consumes" and "produces", all indicating that both are Production and Consumption Processes
	The quantity of each product produced and consumed every 30 seconds
	An adjustable bar graph showing a figure (25%) of unknown meaning

	The message line Bull Hereford 01a load will run out in less than 1 minute indicates the time needed for the available product to be emptied at the set consumption rate
	There is an Arrowhead icon at the start of the above line. A Left Click on the arrowhead will reveal the following data.

	Both of the Blue bars (Consumption Rates) and both the Green bars (Production Rates) can be adjusted

Example 4: Two Track Passenger Station

Typical Uses: Passenger Station

Passenger Platforms

Platform 1

Arriving Passenger Behaviour Left Click on the Double Arrowhead to reveal the options
ManageIndustriesStationArriveProp S20.png

Peak Departing Passenger Time Left Click on the Double Arrowhead to reveal the options

This sets the time(s) at which the platform will have the most number of waiting passengers

Peak Departing Passengers (120) Left Click in the text box and enter the number of passengers that would be boarding during peak time(s) as set above

Initial Number of Passengers (10) Left Click in the text box and enter the starting number of passengers that will be waiting on the platform

Platform 2

The same sequence is repeated for each platform

Notes:

To automatically load and unload passenger consists at station platforms use the normal Load and Unload driver commands (as you would for loading/unloading cattle) but with the following differences:-
	Load will firstly unload passengers according to the option selected in the platform Arriving Passenger Behaviour (e.g. 25% of passengers on board will unload using the Standard setting), and then load any waiting passengers upto the limit of each car
	Unload will unload only using the selected option, it will not load any waiting passengers
	To empty a passenger consist at a terminal station use the Unload command and set the Arriving Passenger Behaviour option of the platform to Terminus (100% Disembark)

[edit] Legacy Industries

	Legacy Industries are those that were created for older versions of Trainz
	Many legacy industry assets will work with the Industry Properties Window but, in general, the lower the Asset Build Number of an industry asset (i.e. the older the Trainz version it was designed for) the less likely it is that it will work correctly or at all
	Legacy industry assets that do not work within the Industry Properties Window can sometimes be accessed and controlled through the Script Properties section of the window

Often the only way to discover if an "older" or Legacy Industry asset will work in the Industry Properties Window, and in the TLR (available in Trainz Plus only), is to open its Industry Properties Window and see what appears.

If the Industry Properties Window appears with the Commodity Levels and Industry Processes sections, both with products as shown in Examples 1 to 3 in the section above, then the industry is compatible with the new interface and with the TLR.

However, if there are sections missing from the Industry Properties Window, then that is an indication that the industry may not be compatible.

Symptoms and Diagnosis

		No Commodity Levels section No Industry Processes section This object is most likely a scenery asset that has been mis-labelled as an industry object. Another clue is that the object may not have any attached track, visible or invisible, but having an attached track is not a guarantee that it is an Industry object
	A common example of this situation is when a scenery object has been created with the kind tag in its config.txt file set to "Industry" most likely because the object represents a factory, mine or other industrial structure but none of the special tags required for a working industry have been added. This type of error is more common in assets created for early versions of Trainz, usually because the asset creator assumed that the kind tag was descriptive only (i.e. the asset looked like an industry)

No Commodity Levels section

An Industry Processes section containing a process that is disabled
If you attempt to drag the Green processes bar to the right it will instantly "snap back" when released

Most likely the product name and quantity tags in the objects config.txt file are missing or have been incorrectly written

A Commodity Levels section present with at least one Product

No Industry Processes section
You may be able to drag out and set the Green commodity bar but it has no effect on the industry.

Most likely the product process tags in the objects config.txt file are missing or have been incorrectly written

In the legacy examples shown above in

and

it may be possible for the objects to work as industries. The first step is to check the contents of the Script Properties section of the Industry Properties Window

If the Script Properties section is empty, apart from the title Display Legacy View-Details Window, then it is very unlikely that this object will work correctly as an industry.
ManageIndustriesEmptyScript S20.png

Treatment

If the Script Properties section contains the legacy (TRS19 and earlier) Industry Properties Window, like the examples shown below, then it is likely (but not 100% certain) that this object will work as an industry

Other interface designs and colour schemes are possible

Steps: To add Products and Processes to a Legacy Industry Asset:-
	Fill out or edit as many of the industry details (inputs, outputs, rates, tracks, etc) as required. In the example shown above left Left Click on each category tab (e.g. Queues, Tracks, etc) to reveal its data. For example:-

Example: Configuring an Industry
This example will configure a legacy industry as a storage and distribution facility that inputs and outputs the same two products

Step 1: Configure the Queues Tab

You can set the maximum quantity of products allowed in the queue by a Left Click on the Size: setting.

To Add a Product:
Left Click on the + button to add a product to a queue. You can add several products (the maximum number will depend on the industry) to the same queue or, as shown in the image on the left, add each product to a separate queue (again the number of queues will depend on the industry).

To Edit a Product:
Left Click on its icon

You can set the maximum load for this product in the queue by a Left Click on the underlined quantity figure. The units used (units/tonnes/litres) are set in the Products tab. You can delete this product from the queue by a Left Click on the X button

If, at any stage, you receive an error message (e.g. a Script Error), or you cannot open a specific section or option, then ignore it and move on to the next data item to be entered or edited

Step 2: Configure the Tracks Tab

Left Click on the + button to add each product identified in Step 1 above.

For each product set the load/unload operation to be used by a series of Left Clicks on the Mode: setting. Each click will cycle through the options Load into vehicle and Unload from vehicle, Load into vehicle and Unload from vehicle
If the same product is in more than one queue (as set in the Queues tab) then you can select the queue to be used by a Left Click on the Queue: settings.

You can delete this product from the Tracks tab by a Left Click on the X button.

Step 3: Configure the Processes Tab

To Add Products:

Left Click on the FIRST + button to add each Input (Unload from vehicle) product identified in Step 2 above.
Left Click on the SECOND + button to add each Output (Load into vehicle) product identified in Step 2 above.
Where a product is both an Input and an Output (Load into vehicle and Unload from vehicle) as shown in the image on the left, then add it to both + buttons.
To Set the Duration Time:

You can set the delay cycle (in seconds) for consumption and production operations by a Left Click on the Duration: setting. For example: if a commodity starts at a level of 50 tonnes and is set to consume 10 tonnes every 30 secs and produce 5 tonnes every 30 secs then, after the first 30 secs it will have 45 tonnes of the product left (50 - 10 + 5), after 1 minute it will have 40 tonnes left, and so on

To Set the Production/Consumption Rates:

A Left Click on a product icon will open its Production or Consumption window, depending on which side of the arrow it is located. This will allow you to edit how much of this product will be consumed or produced during the set Duration period. If you have used the coloured bars to set the Production and/or Consumption values then those figures will appear in this window.

You can delete this product from the Processes tab by a Left Click on the X button.

Step 4: Optional - Configure the Products Tab

The original purpose of this tab was to allocate products to a specific rolling stock object (one object only). This task is now performed much more effectively by the Rolling Stock Properties Window (see

Loading Consists below)

Left Click on an icon to open up its properties window

It is recommended that you leave the Vehicle: setting at none to load/unload all rolling stock objects that are configured to carry this product (see Loading Consists below).

You can set the quantity units used for this product by a series of Left Clicks on the last item at the bottom of the window. Each click will cycle through the options Tonnes, Litres and Items

	When finished Left Click on the Save Changes button at the bottom right of the window
	Close the Industry Properties Window
	Reopen the Industry Properties Window for the same industry object

Recovery

If, after reopening the Industry Properties Window, you see all the Commodity Level and Input/Output Processes present and filled out to the values you just set then the procedure has been successful, but there is no 100% guarantee that the Legacy Industry will work perfectly.
ManageIndustriesLegacyMenu06 S20.png

Each of the Commodity Levels and Industry Processes can now be adjusted by altering the length of their green or blue bars

[edit] Managing Consists

Consist covers all rolling stock objects, including locomotives

You can open the Properties Window of a selected rolling stock object by one of two methods depending on your Trainz version and starting point

from Surveyor using Trainz Plus or TRS22PE

from Surveyor or Driver using Trainz Plus

Steps: To Open the Properties Window of a rolling stock object from Surveyor:-

	Use the Free Move Tool to Left Click on any rolling stock object in the consist
	either press the T key or Left Click on its Context Icon
	select the Edit Details option

Steps: To Open the Properties Window of a rolling stock object from the

Dispatch Manager (available in Trainz Plus only) in either Surveyor or Driver:-

Open the

Tools Menu from the Surveyor/Driver Main Menu bar and select the Dispatch Manager option from the drop down menu

from the Dispatch Manager window identify the consist to be edited

Filter the items displayed using the option All Trains or Drivers if the consist has a driver

Left Click on the down Arrowhead icon of the selected consist in the Status column

select the Show Consist... option

[edit] Configuring a Consist

	The general properties of a consist, such as its Track Priority and Classification, can be edited
	Configuring the properties of any wagon in a consist will configure the properties of ALL the wagons in the consist

The Properties Window of a selected rolling stock object is shown below with its option menus:-

Steps: To Open a Sub Menu in the Properties Window and Change a Setting:-
	Left Click on the down Arrowhead next to the current setting of a property
	Left Click on the option to be set OR Left Click anywhere outside the options list to close it

To edit the name of a rolling stock object (e.g. SAR BLV 111 as shown at the top of the Properties Window in the figure on the left) open the Info Palette and edit or type the name in the Name text entry box. See

Info Palette for the details

Consist Settings Menu Options

Track Priority:
Select one option from 1 2 or 3
These settings are used with Track Priority Marker objects, and a few other track objects, to control the path that a consist will normally take at a junction. Without the presence and use of Track Priority Markers, or other track objects designed to work with priority levels, this setting has no effect on a consist

Train Classification: These options control the running lights displayed on the leading locomotive if that locomotive has been configured correctly
	Timetabled Train (Off)	sets the running lights for a normal scheduled train service
	Extra Train (White)	sets the running lights to indicate that this is an additional (not regularly scheduled) train service
	Train with following section (Green)	sets the running lights to indicate that this service has an additional (or "second division") service following. That following service should be set to show the Extra Train running lights

Dispatch Status: available in Trainz Plus only

In Trainz Plus the Dispatch Manager Dispatch Status setting must be Enabled for these options to be available. The TLR (Trainz Living Railroad) uses this to control consists assigned to the Automatic Scheduler. See Dispatch Manager for more information

Claim Task

this will cancel the Automatic Scheduler if it has been set, and you, the player, will be given control of the train. Any driver commands in the Command Status will be cleared.

If the current driver has already been Claimed then Assign to Automatic Scheduler will appear instead of the Claim Task option. Selecting Assign to Automatic Scheduler will return the driver to the TLR

Pause Task

the current TLR tasks for this driver will be paused and the train will be halted. No other drivers will be affected.

The Pause Task option will not appear if the Claim Task option has been selected.
If the current driver has been put on Pause then Resume Task will appear instead of the Pause Task option. Selecting Resume Task will return the driver to the TLR to continue its normal operations

Cancel Task

any current driver commands in the Command Status will be terminated. The TLR will then allocate new tasks to this driver

Clear Cached Track Path

will delete the cached TLR path for this consist held in memory and will rebuild it using the current settings

Show Dispatch Manager

if you have closed the Dispatch Manager window, or minimised it to free up screen space, then this will return it to the screen

[edit] Loading Consists in Surveyor (Incl Locomotives)

	In Surveyor consists and locomotives that are designed to carry products, including fuel for the locomotive, can be preloaded with products
	Not all consists and locomotives are designed to carry products, including locomotive fuel
	Once the load has been set for one wagon in a consist it can be copied to ALL identical wagons in the consist

If you have opened a Consist Properties Window from the Dispatch Manager (available in Trainz Plus only) and want to edit the commodities (products) shown then Left Click on the Enable Editing button at the bottom of the window. This will open its Commodities Level settings for editing.

Then proceed to Step 2

or

below.

Steps: To Load a Rolling Stock Object with a Product:-

In Surveyor use the

Free Move Tool to select (highlight) a single suitable rolling stock object.

Not all rolling stock objects were created to carry loads - the rolling stock creator has to add attachment points for visible products to appear. Step 2 below will reveal if the chosen rolling stock object has been configured for carrying a load. Rolling stock objects that cannot be loaded with a product can still be included in a consist sent to an industry but they will not load/unload

Locomotives can typically be loaded with:-

	for Steam Coal, Wood or Bunker Oil (or similar) for fuel plus Water and Sand - in the locomotive or its tender
	for Diesel Diesel Fuel and Sand

But individual locomotives will vary.

Open its context menu (either press the T key or Left Click on its Context Icon) and select the Edit Details option

This will open the Properties Window for the selected rolling stock object. Look for a section in the window labelled Commodity Levels

Notes:

If there is no Commodity Levels section then the selected rolling stock object is NOT configured for carrying any load.

If the + Add button is greyed out and cannot be selected then the wagon may be in a consist that has been assigned to the Automatic Scheduler, part of the TLR system in Trainz Plus

Depending on how the rolling stock object has been previously configured (or not) you will see one of the following Commodity Levels displays:-

	For rolling stock objects with no supported commodities (products). These instructions will show you how to add, edit and configure commodities that can be loaded
	For rolling stock objects with supported commodities (products) but nothing loaded. These instructions will show you how to load a supported commodity
	For rolling stock objects with a loaded commodity (product). These instructions will show you how to edit, change or delete a loaded commodity

Rolling Stock Object not configured and not loaded - no list of approved products available to be loaded and no product is currently loaded

The first step is to add at least one item to the list of approved products

Steps: To Select and Add a Product to the Rolling Stock Objects Approved List

Left Click on the Arrowhead next to the No supported commodities message to open the list of supported products which, in this case, will be empty but it will reveal a second + Add button

Left Click on the second + Add button, the one below the No supported commodities message - the upper + Add button has no effect when there are no supported commodities (products)

		Locate and Left Click on the new product to be added to the approved list and then Left Click on the icon to accept the selection
		To add additional products to the list Left Click on the + Add button again and repeat Step above
	As each new product is added, its icon will appear in the list at the bottom of the Commodity Levels window. Those icons with RED borders will need to be edited before they can be used as loaded products

The next step is to configure each added product so that it can be used

Steps: To Edit or Delete Products in the Approved List

Move the mouse pointer over each icon to reveal their names in the pointer tooltip

Select and Left Click on the icon of a product to be edited or deleted

There are two possible displays:-

This product (Fertilizer Bagged) has not been placed to a queue for loading so it cannot be loaded into the rolling stock object until it has been configured

This product (Fertilizer Bagged) has been placed to a queue for loading and is ready to be loaded into the rolling stock object

To edit (configure) or delete this product Left Click on the down Arrowhead. This will open a settings menu for this particular product which will control its loading options.

Editing:
A tick or ticks will show the currently selected option(s) - no ticks means that no options have been selected and that this product will not be available for loading. To remove or add a tick Left Click on the required option. There are several possible displays of which a few samples are shown below:-

Only a single load queue (load0) is available and the maximum permitted quantity of this product in the rolling stock object is 1 item

The maximum load allowed in each queue is set by the rolling stock object creator and cannot be changed

Only a single load queue (load0) is available and the maximum permitted quantity of this product in the rolling stock object is 23000 items. This rolling stock object is designed to carry a bulk product (coal, grain, water, minerals, fuel, etc)

Two load queues (load0, load1) are available and the maximum permitted quantity of this product in the rolling stock object is 8 items in queue load0 and 16 items in queue load1. The queue load0 has been selected as the default, indicated by the tick, so only eight items will be loaded.
You can have both queues selected but this will not load more products. In such a case the first queue will be the default but some industry operations or driver commands may allow a choice of which queue will be used

Some rolling stock objects will allow you to select the loading position of a product.
Left Click on one of the position options to load that product in that particular position of the rolling stock object

Deleting:
To delete a product from the approved product list Left Click on the Delete option

Once all the required products have been added and configured then an approved product can be loaded into the rolling stock object. To load a product follow the instructions in

below

Rolling Stock Object configured but not loaded - it has a list of approved products but no product is currently loaded

Steps: To Load an Approved Product into the Rolling Stock Object

Left Click on the + Add button

Left Click an approved product from the list

The selected product will appear in the Commodity Levels list with a coloured bar and quantity values

Visible bulk products (e.g. coal, ballast, etc) will not appear in a rolling stock object until the Session has started. Other (non-bulk) products will appear as soon as the product has been added or its quantity setting is set to the minimum value or above (see

below)

Notes:

Some rolling stock objects will allow more than one product to be loaded/unloaded at industries (but only one can be carried at any one time). To add and configure additional possible products repeat the steps shown on the left. In the image below a second possible product has been added to be loaded/unloaded

In the example above if the rolling stock object is carrying sheep and is sent to unload at a stockyard that only accepts cattle then the rolling stock object will not unload. If it is empty of both cattle and sheep then it will load either product depending on what is available at the stockyard.
In the following image a second product is not allowed and you are requested to remove one product
To remove the rejected new product from the load list (e.g. Fertilizer Bagged in the image above) Left Click on the Eye icon at the right of the product.

To remove the other loaded product follow the instructions in

below

Once a product has been loaded into the rolling stock object its load quantity can be adjusted. To change the load quantity follow the instructions in

below

Rolling Stock Object configured and loaded - it has a list of approved products and one (or more) of them is currently loaded

Steps: To Adjust a Product Level or to Delete the Product
	Move the mouse pointer into the grey area at the end of the colored bar
	Left Click and Drag left or right the bar to its new position. To set the Product Quantity to zero drag the bar to the extreme left
	To delete the product from the rolling stock objects load, set its quantity to zero as described in Step above. Then Left Click on the Eye icon at the end of the coloured bar

	Notes:
	In most cases you will have to delete the currently loaded product before you can replace it with another. Follow the Steps shown on the left to delete a currently loaded product and then the instructions in above to load the new product
	To add additional approved products to this rolling stock object, or to edit (or delete) those that are already there, follow the instructions in above
	If the maximum allowed load for a product is just 1 item, then the green bar will have just two possible positions - 1 (full or 100%) and 0 (empty or 0%)
	Visible bulk products (e.g. coal, ballast, etc) will not appear in a rolling stock object until the Session has started. Other (non-bulk) products will appear as soon as the product has been added or its quantity setting is set to the minimum value or above

You can copy the loaded products and their set levels from the current rolling stock object to all the other identical rolling stock objects in the consist by a Left Click on the

icon

[edit] Loading Consists in Driver

	In Driver Mode you can open up the properties window of a rolling stock object to view its current load and the list of products it can carry
	You can also edit the products carried by a rolling stock object

If you have opened a Consist Properties Window from the Dispatch Manager (available in Trainz Plus only) and want to edit the commodities shown then Left Click on the Enable Editing button at the bottom of the window. This will open its Commodities Level settings for editing.

Once editing has been enabled, the products carried by the selected rolling stock object can be edited as shown in the

,

and

sections at

Loading Consists in Surveyor above.

Steps: To view the load properties of a consist in Driver:-

Ctrl + Right Click on the consist rolling stock object to bring up its options menu.

The option Assign to Player > is only available in Trainz Plus

Select the option View Details... . This will open up the properties window for the selected rolling stock object

To edit the contents Left Click on the Enable Editing button on the bottom of the properties window

Once editing has been enabled, the products carried by the selected rolling stock object can be edited as shown in the

,

and

sections at

Loading Consists in Surveyor above

[edit] The Logs Palette

This is a Surveyor Only palette

In Driver to show the Logs Palette on the screen refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document

This palette displays the Trainz System Log which details the loading of assets, the operation of scripts, messages displayed on the screen (in Driver), etc. It is for diagnostic purposes.

the display area has a vertical scroll bar on the right for longer reports

Left Click on the coloured dots to toggle them on/off and filter the log entries by message type

	Grey ON shows general messages: Grey OFF hides general messages
	Yellow ON shows warnings: Yellow OFF hides warnings
	Red ON shows error messages: Red OFF hides error messages
	Green ON shows "task completed" messages: Green OFF hides "task completed" messages

Left Click in the Search text box to enter a text string to filter the log entries

	Notes:
	This palette can be minimised and resized
	Left Click on the icon to close the palette

[edit] The Session Options Window

This is a Driver Only window

In Driver to show the Session Options Window on the screen refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document

This window allows you to change session settings in Driver "on the fly"

	Notes:
	This window can be minimised but it cannot be resized
	Left Click on the icon to close the window

Each item shown in the window can be edited:-

	Left Click on a boxed item to select an option from its drop down menu (see below)
	In the calendar Left Click on date (the day and/or the left/right month arrows) to change the season of the year or enter a new date in the text entry box (the year entered does not matter)
	In the clock Left Click and Drag the clock hand around the dial to change the time of day

Derailment Mode
	sets the realism level of derailments. Options are None (no derailments will occur), Arcade (derailments will occur far more often than reality) and Realistic

Living Railroad Dispatch available in Trainz Plus only
	sets the operation of the TLR (Trainz Living Railroad). Options are Enabled (feature is on) and Disabled (feature is off)

Restart Stuck AI
	sets whether or not attempts will be made to resolve AI conflicts and restart "stuck" AI controlled trains. Options are Enabled (feature is on) and Disabled (feature is off)

Weather
	sets the current weather conditions. Options are Clear, Cloudy, Drizzle, Rain, Stormy, Light Snow, Medium Snow, Heavy Snow

Weather Changeability
	sets the rate and scope of changes to the weather conditions during the session. Options are None (no weather changes), Periodic (minor and gradual changes) and Extreme (rapid and wide ranging changes)

Time Rate
	sets the speed at which time changes during the session. This does not affect the speed of trains or other operations. Options range from 1x (normal time) to 1440x (extremely rapid time)

Current Time
	sets, very inaccurately, the current time shown on the session clock. Left Click and Drag on the pointer shown on the clock dial. Each of the small dividing lines on the dial represents 36 minutes which makes accurate time setting difficult - approximations are best.

[edit] The Commodity Picker Window

This is a Driver Only window

In Driver to show the Commodity Picker Window on the screen refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document.

This window allows you to change the products carried by rolling stock in Driver "on the fly"

	Notes:
	This window cannot be minimised or resized
	Left Click on the icon to close the window

Steps: To change the products carried by a rolling stock object:-

move the mouse pointer onto a commodity icon in the Picker. A Tooltip identifying the product will appear on the pointer

Left Click on an icon to select its commodity. The message at the top of the palette will change to confirm the selection
CommodityPickerPaletteClick S20.png

move the pointer onto the rolling stock asset that will have its product queue restricted to the selected product only. The mouse pointer will have a Load icon

attached to it

Left Click on the rolling stock object to restrict it to the selected product only. If the change is accepted then the mouse pointer will change to the icon for the selected product

The selection will fail if the rolling stock object has not been configured to accept the selected commodity. Failure is indicated when the Load icon attached to the pointer does not change when a rolling stock object has been clicked

[edit] The Session Info Window

This is a Driver Only window

In Driver to show the Session Info Window on the screen refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document.

This window displays the active message windows that were created for this session by a HTML Asset or a Message Popup Rule starting with the last one displayed

	Notes: This window can also be displayed by pressing the F1 function key
	If no HTML Asset or Message Popup Rule exists in the session, or those present have not yet been activated, then nothing will be displayed
	This window cannot be minimised or resized
	Left and Right arrow icons at the bottom of the palette will allow you to move forward and back through any other message windows that have been activated for this session
	A icon indicates no more messages. Left Click on the or the icons to close the window

Detailed descriptions on how to create HTML Assets and Message Popups can be found on the Trainz Wiki Page at:-

	How to Create a HTML Asset
	How to Create a Message Popup

[edit] The Waybill Window

This is a Driver Only window

In Driver to show the Waybill Window on the screen refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document.

This window displays the commodity deliveries and pickups for this train

	Notes:
	This window cannot be minimised or resized
	Left Click on the icon to close the window

[edit] The Schedule Info Window

This is a Driver Only window

In Driver to show the Schedule Info Window on the screen refer to

Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows at the top of this document.

This window displays the Trainz Living Railroad (TLR) schedule for the train

	Notes:
	This window is fully functional in the Trainz Living Railroad (TLR) feature
	This window cannot be minimised or resized
	Left Click on the icon to close the window

[edit] Trainz Wiki

More Tutorials and Guides to Using Trainz

Related Links

	How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Tools
	Trainz Simulator Official Documentation

This page was created by Trainz user pware in February 2023 and was last updated as shown below.

@@ Line 379: / Line 379: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:SurveyorWindowIcon.png|link=]]&#160;'''Window&#160;Menu'''</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:SurveyorWindowIcon.png|link=]]&#160;'''Window&#160;Menu'''</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 406: / Line 406: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>To hide a visible palette or window, or to reveal an invisible one, simply <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its name <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> on the [[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]&#160;[[image:BulletNoTick.png|link=]] icon next to its name</td>
+<td>To hide a visible palette or window, or to reveal an invisible one, simply <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its name <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> on the [[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]&#160;[[image:BulletNoTick.png|link=]] icon next to its name</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>To show a minimised palette or window <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its name</td>
+<td>To show a minimised palette or window <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its name</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 526: / Line 526: @@
 <td rowspan=3 width=265>[[image:PalettesUndocking2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> the palette to any position on the screen</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click& and Drag#160;</span> the palette to any position on the screen</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 597: / Line 597: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> the palette to the desired position in a docking area. A light grey area will show the palettes docking position</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> the palette to the desired position in a docking area. A light grey area will show the palettes docking position</td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
@@ Line 699: / Line 699: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> the pointer to expand or reduce the size of the palette or window. Palettes and windows have a maximum and minimum size beyond which they cannot be extended or reduced</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> the pointer to expand or reduce the size of the palette or window. Palettes and windows have a maximum and minimum size beyond which they cannot be extended or reduced</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 830: / Line 830: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>individually '''Minimised''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;-&#160;</span> icon in each of their top menu bars</td>
+<td>individually '''Minimised''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;-&#160;</span> icon in each of their top menu bars</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>individually '''Closed''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> icon in each of their top menu bars<br></td>
+<td>individually '''Closed''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> icon in each of their top menu bars<br></td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 877: / Line 877: @@
 <td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
 ----
-A <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:SurveyorWindowIcon.png|link=]]&#160;'''Window&#160;Menu''' will show all the palettes and windows, visible and hidden, plus any that are minimised.</td>
+A <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:SurveyorWindowIcon.png|link=]]&#160;'''Window&#160;Menu''' will show all the palettes and windows, visible and hidden, plus any that are minimised.</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 895: / Line 895: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its name or title in the '''Minimised Windows Area''' at the bottom of the list.
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its name or title in the '''Minimised Windows Area''' at the bottom of the list.
 <table bgcolor=#fcbcbc>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 1,158: / Line 1,158: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: black; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the small '''arrowhead''' icon next to one of the labels <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Focus:&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Pos:&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rot:&#160;</span> to open up its list of settings</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: black; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the small '''arrowhead''' icon next to one of the labels <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Focus:&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Pos:&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rot:&#160;</span> to open up its list of settings</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: black; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> inside an <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Info Palette&#160;</span> setting box</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: black; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside an <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Info Palette&#160;</span> setting box</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 1,182: / Line 1,182: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=90><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select All&#160;</span></td>
-<td>will highlight the contents of the selected setting. You can also achieve this with a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> across the contents of the setting</td>
+<td>will highlight the contents of the selected setting. You can also achieve this with a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> across the contents of the setting</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,189: / Line 1,189: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: black; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> inside the same <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Info Palette&#160;</span> setting box</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: black; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside the same <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Info Palette&#160;</span> setting box</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 1,218: / Line 1,218: @@
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> will delete the contents of the selected setting. You can also achieve this with a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> across the contents and then press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> will delete the contents of the selected setting. You can also achieve this with a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> across the contents and then press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,231: / Line 1,231: @@
 </table>
 <br>
-Next to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value in both the '''Focus''' and '''Position''' settings is a small white down arrowhead. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the arrowhead to open its menu.<br>
+Next to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value in both the '''Focus''' and '''Position''' settings is a small white down arrowhead. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the arrowhead to open its menu.<br>
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 1,241: / Line 1,241: @@
 <table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Use&#160;Height&#160;for&#160;Brush&#160;</span> option to copy the current <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting.</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Use&#160;Height&#160;for&#160;Brush&#160;</span> option to copy the current <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,268: / Line 1,268: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:BlueDot10x10.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>The '''Focus''' shows the current position and height of the '''Cursor''' object.</td>
+<td>The '''Focus''' shows the current position and height of the '''Cursor''' object</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
+<br>
-Open up the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Focus:&#160;</span> by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its arrowhead icon.<br>
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=225>[[image:InfoPaletteFocus_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 <td>
-<br>
+<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
-The current cursor position is shown in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> text boxes. These values can be edited to move the cursor to a new position but '''CARE''' will be needed.
-<table bgcolor=#000000 width=775 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=771 cellpadding=2>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td><td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> up or down on these to adjust the position in smaller increments down to '''centimetres'''</td>
+<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To Edit the Cursor Position (Focus) data</td>
 </tr>
-</table>
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<br>
-<table bgcolor=#000000 width=775 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>
+<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=771 cellpadding=2>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Arrowhead''' icon in front of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Focus:&#160;</span> label. This will open its data for editing.</td>
-<tr valign="top">
-<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:</span><br>
-----</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td colspan=2>
+<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> text boxes show the current position (focus) of the cursor with <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> showing its height. The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> values can be edited to move the cursor to a new position. Editing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value has no effect.<br>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>If you enter an <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the cursor will be refocused at a point on the baseboard edge that is the closest to the entered co-ordinates.</td>
+<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments down to '''centimetres'''</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value gives the ground height at the cursor position and it can be copied into the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting (open the '''down arrowhead''' next the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value). Entering a value that is above or below the ground height will have no effect on the height of the cursor.</td>
+<td>Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside the box to open its menu list - see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Info Settings Menu|Info Settings Menu]]''' above for the details</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,317: / Line 1,308: @@
 </table>
 </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td>The height (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span>) value can be copied into the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting (open the '''down arrowhead''' next the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value) and select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Use Height for Brush&#160;</span></td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,323: / Line 1,318: @@
 </table>
 <br>
-<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
+<table bgcolor=#000000 width=775 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=771 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>If you enter an <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the cursor will be moved to a point on the baseboard edge that is the closest to the entered co-ordinates.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+<br>
+<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>
+<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>If it has not been deleted you can identify the '''North-West''' corner of the original (first) baseboard by entering <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">0</span> as the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Focus:&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> co-ordinates</td>
+<td>If it has not been deleted you can identify the '''North-West''' corner of the original (first) baseboard by entering <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">0</span> as the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Focus:&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> co-ordinates.<br><br>
+If, after entering the co-ordinates, the focus changes to another set of co-ordinates then the original (first) baseboard has been deleted. The focus will move to a position on the nearest current baseboard that is closest to the original '''0, 0''' ('''North-West''' corner) co-ordinates.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,339: / Line 1,351: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=629><span id="skip Asset Name Menu"></span>
 =='''Asset Name Menu'''==
 </td>
@@ Line 1,357: / Line 1,370: @@
 </table>
 <br>
-You must have an object (or objects) selected for an '''Asset Name''' to be shown and for this menu to be available.<br>
 <table width=1000>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td colspan=2>You must have an object (or objects) selected for the '''Asset Name''' data to be shown. If more than one object has been selected then you will be shown the '''Asset Name''' for the '''last''' object selected</td>
+</tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=210>[[image:InfoPaletteMulti_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>If more than one object has been selected then the name and position data shown will be for the last selected object. If different objects (with different '''kuid''' codes) have been selected then a count of the additional objects will be added. The '''(+2)''' shown in the object name in the image on the left indicates that 2 additional different objects are in the group of selected objects.</td>
+<td>If different objects (with different '''&lt;kuid&gt;''' codes) have been selected then a count of the additional objects will be added. The '''(+2)''' shown in the object name in the image on the left indicates that 2 additional different objects are in the group of selected objects.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
 <br>
-Next to the '''Asset Name''' is a small white '''Down Arrowhead'''. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the arrowhead to open its menu.<br>
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=385>[[image:InfoPaletteMenu_S20.png|link=]]</td>
+<td width=385 rowspan=2>[[image:InfoPaletteMenu_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 <td>
+<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To Open the Menu of a selected Asset or Assets</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td>Next to the '''Asset Name''' is a small white '''Arrowhead''' icon. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the arrowhead to open the asset menu</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<!-- <td> in rowspan -->
+<td>
+<br>
 <table width=615 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 1,424: / Line 1,458: @@
 <td width=180><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Remove&#160;from&#160;Picklist&#160;</span></td>
 <td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;NOT WORKING&#160;</span><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: #fcbcbc;"> (a known bug)</span><br>
-use this same option found in the '''<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Filter&#160;Palette&#160;</span> or '''Content Manager''' instead</td>
+use this same option found in the '''<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Filter&#160;Palette&#160;</span>''' or '''Content Manager''' instead</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,470: / Line 1,504: @@
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>You can give any object in your '''Trainz World''' an identifying name. In some cases a name is vital for '''AI''' and session operations, in other cases it will be needed as a display feature - for example: to be shown on a station nameboard. You must have the object (or objects) selected for this option to be available. If more than one object has been selected then only the last object (the one with the '''Context Icon''') will be affected</td>
+<td>You can give any object in your '''Trainz World''' an identifying name. In some cases a name is vital for '''AI''' and session operations, in other cases it will be needed as a display feature - for example: to be shown on a station nameboard. You must have the object (or objects) selected for this option to be available. If more than one object has been selected then only the last object (the one with the '''Context Icon''') will be given a name</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,487: / Line 1,521: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> inside the '''Name''' text entry box</td>
+<td width=450>In the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Info&#160;Palette&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> inside the '''Name:''' text entry box</td>
+<td rowspan=4>
+<table width=325 bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>If the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Name:&#160;</span> text entry box is greyed out and cannot be selected then the layer containing the object is locked. Use the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Layer:&#160;</span>&#160;'''[[#Layer Info and Controls|Layer Info and Controls]]''' to unlock the layer. Then reselect the object and try again</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
 <td>Enter or edit the name</td>
+<!-- <td> in rowspan -->
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
 <td>Press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enter&#160;</span> key</td>
+<!-- <td> in rowspan -->
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:BugMini.PNG|link=]]</td>
 <td><span style="color: red; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 700;">KNOWN BUG</span><span style="color: red; font-weight: 700;">:</span> Changes to the name of a '''Track Object''' will not save unless something else in the route is also edited. The following additional step is a workaround when renaming '''Track Objects'''</td>
+<!-- <td> in rowspan -->
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td bgcolor="yellow">Move a non-track object (e.g. a tree). If you have already edited something else in the route but not yet saved then this step will not be necessary</td>
+<td bgcolor="yellow" colspan=2>If you are renaming a track object (e.g. a signal) then move a non-track object (e.g. a tree) before saving. If you have already edited something else in the route but not yet saved then this step will not be necessary</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,569: / Line 1,614: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=629><span id="skip Position Info and Controls"></span>
 =='''Position Info and Controls'''==
 </td>
@@ Line 1,580: / Line 1,624: @@
 </tr>
 </table>					<!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
-You must have an object (or objects) selected for the position data to be shown and edited. Open up the position data by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Pos:&#160;</span> arrowhead icon.<br>
 <table width=1000>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td colspan=2>You must have an object (or objects) selected for the '''Position Info and Controls''' to be edited. If more than one object has been selected then you will be shown the data for the '''last''' object selected</td>
+</tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=310>[[image:InfoPalettePos_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>The position of the selected object (or the last object if more than one is selected) is shown in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> text boxes. These values can be edited to move the object or objects to a new position but '''CARE''' will be needed.
+<td>
-<br>
+<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
-<table bgcolor=#000000 width=690 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=686 cellpadding=2>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td><td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> up or down on these to adjust the position in smaller increments down to '''centimetres'''</td>
+<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To Edit the Position Info of a selected Object or Objects</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Arrowhead''' icon in front of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Pos:&#160;</span> label. This will open its data for editing.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> text boxes show the current position of the object with <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> showing the height. These values can be edited to move the object or objects to a new position but '''CARE''' will be needed - see '''Notes:''' below. If any selected object is in a locked layer then it will not move.<br>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>
+<table>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments down to '''centimetres'''</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside the box to open its menu list - see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Info Settings Menu|Info Settings Menu]]''' above for the details</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td>The height (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span>) value can be copied into the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting (open the '''down arrowhead''' next the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value) and select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Use Height for Brush&#160;</span></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,599: / Line 1,677: @@
 </table>
 <br>
-<table bgcolor=#000000 width=690 cellpadding=2>
+<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=686 cellpadding=2>
+<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
@@ Line 1,617: / Line 1,695: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value gives the current height of the object (or the last object selected) and it can be copied into the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting (open the '''down arrowhead''' next the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value). Entering a value that is above or below the ground height will move the object to that height. In the case of multiple selected objects the height of each will be adjusted up or down by the same value.</td>
+<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z:&#160;</span> value gives the current height of the object (or the last object selected). Entering a value that is above or below the ground height will move the object to that height. In the case of multiple selected objects the height of each will be adjusted up or down by the same value, they will not be all set to the same height.</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,633: / Line 1,708: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=629><span id="skip Rotation Info and Controls"></span>
 =='''Rotation Info and Controls'''==
 </td>
@@ Line 1,647: / Line 1,721: @@
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>You must have an object (or objects) selected for the rotation data to be shown and edited. Open up the rotation data by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rot:&#160;</span> arrowhead icon.</td>
+<td colspan=2>You must have an object (or objects) selected for the '''Rotation Info and Controls''' to be edited. If more than one object has been selected then you will be shown the data for the '''last''' object selected</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,657: / Line 1,731: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>If this option is greyed out (shown as <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: grey; background-color: black;">&#160;Rot:&#160;</span>) and cannot be opened then the selected object cannot be rotated using this method or it cannot be rotated at all. It may be possible to rotate it using some of the '''Rotational Anchors''' found in the [[image:S20_FineAdjustmentToolIcon.png|link=|20px]] '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''</td>
+<td>If this option is greyed out (shown as <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: grey; background-color: black;">&#160;Rot:&#160;</span>) and cannot be opened then the selected object (splines for example) cannot be rotated using this method or it cannot be rotated at all. It may be possible to rotate it using some of the '''Rotational Anchors''' found in the [[image:S20_FineAdjustmentToolIcon.png|link=|20px]] '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,667: / Line 1,741: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=310>[[image:InfoPaletteRot_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td width=690>The rotational orientation of the selected object (or the last object if more than one is selected) is shown in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;r:&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;p:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> text boxes (the letters stand for '''R'''oll, '''P'''itch and, in this case, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> is '''Y'''aw). These values can be edited to rotate the object or objects in 3D space '''BUT''' not all objects can be rotated in certain directions.
+<td>
-<br>
 <table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To Edit the Rotation Info of a selected Object or Objects</td>
-<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:</span><br>
-----</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>If several objects have been selected then the last selected object, the one with the '''Context Icon''', will be the centre of all rotations.</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Arrowhead''' icon in front of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rot:&#160;</span> label. This will open its data for editing.</td>
 </tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;r:&#160;</span> ('''R'''oll), <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;p:&#160;</span> ('''P'''itch) and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> ('''Y'''aw) text boxes show the current orientation of the object (or the last selected object). These values can be edited to rotate the object or objects in 3D space but '''Terms and Conditions''' will apply (see the '''Notes:''' below). If any selected object is in a locked layer then it will not rotate.<br>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>
+<table>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>Not all objects will allow rotations. For example, '''SpeedTree''' objects can only be rotated using the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> value, changes to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;r:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;p:&#160;</span> values will be ignored. '''Spline''' objects can only be rotated using the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> '''Rotational Anchors''' found in the [[image:S20_FineAdjustmentToolIcon.png|link=|20px]] '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''</td>
+<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments of '''1&#176;'''</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside the box to open its menu list - see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Info Settings Menu|Info Settings Menu]]''' above for the details</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,691: / Line 1,780: @@
 </table>
 <br>
-<table bgcolor=#000000 width=690 cellpadding=2>
+<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=686 cellpadding=2>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td><td>On the right of each box is a pair of '''Up/Down'''  arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> up or down on these to adjust the rotation angle in increments of 1&#176;.</td>
+<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:</span><br>
+----</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>If several objects have been selected then the last selected object, the one with the '''Context Icon''', will be the centre of all rotations.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>Not all objects will allow rotations. For example, '''SpeedTree''' objects can only be rotated using the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y:&#160;</span> value, changes to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;r:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;p:&#160;</span> values will be ignored. '''Spline''' objects can only be rotated using the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> '''Rotational Anchors''' found in the [[image:S20_FineAdjustmentToolIcon.png|link=|20px]] '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,824: / Line 1,923: @@
 </table>					<!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
-<table width=1000>
+<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
-<tr valign="top">
-<td>You must have an object (or objects) selected for the layer data to be shown and edited. Open up the layer data by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Layer:&#160;</span> arrowhead icon</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<br>
-<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
+<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
@@ Line 1,859: / Line 1,952: @@
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">For a single selected object</span></td>
+<td>You must have an object (or objects) selected for the layer data to be shown and edited. The name of the layer containing the selected object (or objects) will be shown next to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Layer:&#160;</span> label. The label can be opened by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its small '''arrowhead''' icon.<br>
+If the layer name is shown as <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;-&#160;</span> then multiple objects have been selected and not all of them are in the same layer. If this is a problem then see the '''Tips:''' below.</td>
+<td width=210>[[image:InfoPaletteLayerLabel_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 </tr>
+</table>
+<br>
+<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=215>[[image:InfoPaletteLayer_S20.png|link=]]</td>
+<td>
-<td>This will show the:-
+<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
-<table width=790>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>current layer assigned to the selected object</td>
+<td>If you only want to select objects that are in the same layer, then one strategy is:-</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td colspan=2>
-<td>its assigned '''Binding Layer''' (if any)</td>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td>Deselect all the objects. Either <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on an empty space on the baseboard or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span>&#160;+&#160;<span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;D&#160;</span></span> keys</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>the '''Locked''' or '''Unlocked''' state of the assigned layer</td>
+<td>Select, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on, a single starting object</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>&#160;</td>
+<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>[[image:InfoPaletteLockedLayerBtn_S20.png|link=]] Layer is currently '''Unlocked'''. Click this button to '''Lock''' the layer</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span>&#160;+&#160;<span style="background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span></span> on a second object to add to the selection<br>
+If the layer name does not disappear then repeat this step with each object to be added until the layer name disappears</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>&#160;</td>
+<td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>[[image:InfoPaletteUnlockedLayerBtn_S20.png|link=]] Layer is currently '''Locked'''. Click this button to '''Unlock''' the layer</td>
+<td>When the layer name disappears deselect the last object selected - <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span>&#160;+&#160;<span style="background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span></span> on it again</td>
 </tr>
+</table>
+<br>
+Another strategy is to hide a layer (or layers) to prevent its objects from being selected. Locking a layer will not prevent its objects from being selected.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+<br>
+<table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>&#160;</td>
+<td width=215>[[image:InfoPaletteLayer_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>Using this button will also change the '''Locked''' or '''Unlocked''' padlock icon shown next to the layer name in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Layers&#160;Palette&#160;</span><br>
-<table width=780>
-<tr valign="top">
-<td>[[image:AssetsPaletteLockedUnlockedLayers_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 <td>
 <table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
+<td>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To Lock or Unlock a Selected Objects Layer:-</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Arrowhead''' icon in front of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Layer:&#160;</span> title. This will open the '''Layer Controls''' for editing.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td colspan=2>The names of two layers will be shown. The current '''Assigned Layer''' (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Assigning Objects to a Different Layer|Assigning Objects to Layers]]''' below) for the object and its '''Binding Layer''' (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer|Assigning a Binding Layer]]''' below). Below that will be two buttons.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td>The top button will show the current '''Locked/Unlocked''' status of the layer containing the selected object. There are two possible states for the button:-<br>
+[[image:InfoPaletteLockedLayerBtn_S20.png|link=]] Indicates that the layer is currently '''Unlocked'''. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on this button to '''Lock''' the layer<br><br>
+[[image:InfoPaletteUnlockedLayerBtn_S20.png|link=]] Indicates that the layer is currently '''Locked'''. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on this button to '''Unlock''' the layer<br>
+Clicking this button will also change the '''Locked''' or '''Unlocked''' padlock icon shown next to the layer name in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Layers&#160;Palette&#160;</span>
+<table>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:AssetsPaletteLockedUnlockedLayers_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 <td>
 <table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
@@ Line 1,918: / Line 2,046: @@
 </td>
 </tr>
-</table>
+<tr valign="top">
-</td>
+<td colspan=2>The lower button will change the '''Active Layer''' to the layer that contains this object. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Assigning Objects to a Different Layer|Assigning Objects to Layers]]''' below for details on setting the '''Active Layer'''.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
 </td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-<br>
-<table width=1000>
-<tr valign="top">
-<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">For multiple selected objects</span></td>
-</tr>
-<tr valign="top">
-<td width=235>[[image:InfoPaletteLayersMulti_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>
-<table>
-<tr valign="top">
-<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td width=755>If multiple objects '''all from the same layer''' have been selected then that layer name will be shown in the '''Layer''' box</td>
-</tr>
-<tr valign="top">
-<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td width=755>If multiple objects that are '''not all''' from the '''same layer''' have been selected then no layer name will be shown in the '''Layer''' box. Instead both the '''Layer''' and the '''Binding''' box will be left "blank" as shown in the image on the left</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 1,968: / Line 2,078: @@
 </tr>
 </table>
-<br>
-A selected object or group of selected objects can be assigned to a different layer. If multiple objects have been selected then they '''do not''' have to all be in the same layer.<br>
+<table width=1000>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>A selected object or group of objects can be assigned to a different layer. If multiple objects have been selected then they '''do not''' all have to be in the same layer BUT their current layer or layers must be '''unlocked'''. The destination layer can be '''locked''' and this will not stop the layer reassignment.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+<br>
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 1,980: / Line 2,094: @@
 <table bgcolor=#ffffff width=731 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To change the assigned layer of an object or group of objects:-</td>
+<td colspan=3><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To change the assigned layer of an object or group of objects:-</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Layer''' drop down box. The layer containing the object (for a '''single selected object only''') will be shown with a [[image:BulletTick.png|link=]] in front of its name</td>
+<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> inside the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Layer:&#160;</span> text box. A drop down list of all the layers in the route and session will be shown. The layer currently containing the selected object (for a '''single selected object only''') will be shown with a [[image:BulletTick.png|link=]] in front of its name</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>Select the destination layer name from the Drop Down Menu. '''See Warning''' below</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the name of the destination layer shown in the drop down list but first read the '''Warning''' below</td>
-</tr>
+<td width=300>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td colspan=2>The layer reassignment will start the instant the destination layer is selected</td>
+<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>Any object that is in a '''locked''' layer will not be reassigned to the new layer</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td colspan=3>The layer reassignment will start the instant the destination layer is selected. If you see a '''Debugging Window''' on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed or if it has failed (usually because a layer is locked)</td>
-<td>If you see a '''Debugging Window''' on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed. You can then close the window</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 2,008: / Line 2,126: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>Once a target layer has been selected then the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select Layer&#160;</span> button, which sets the '''Active Layer''', will become active '''IF''' the target layer is not the '''Active Layer'''. A <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on this button will set it as the '''Active Layer'''.</td>
+<td>Once a target layer has been selected then the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select Layer&#160;</span> button, which sets the '''Active Layer''', will become active '''IF''' the target layer is not already the '''Active Layer'''. A <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on this button will set it as the '''Active Layer'''.</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 2,024: / Line 2,139: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td><td>You can also set the '''Active Layer''' by selecting its name from the list in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Layers Palette&#160;</span>.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 2,080: / Line 2,198: @@
 </tr>
 </table>
-<br>
 <br>
 <table width=1000>			<!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
@@ Line 2,099: / Line 2,216: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:BlueDot10x10.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>The '''Binding Layer''', or '''Bound Layer''' as it is also called, is a tool used in the development of your '''Trainz World'''. It allows you to temporarily assign an object to a second layer while it is still in its original layer. The object will then take on the properties ('''Locked''' or '''Unlocked''', '''Hidden''' or '''Visible''') of both layers.</td>
+<td>The '''Binding Layer''', or '''Bound Layer''' as it is also called, is a tool used in the development of your '''Trainz World'''</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:BlueDot10x10.png|link=]]</td>
+<td>Setting a '''Binding Layer''' allows you to temporarily assign an object to a second layer while it is still in its original layer. The object will then take on the properties ('''Locked''' or '''Unlocked''', '''Hidden''' or '''Visible''') of both layers.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:BlueDot10x10.png|link=]]</td>
+<td>Setting a '''Binding Layer''' has '''NO''' effect on where an object is saved (in the Route or the Session) or on any of the properties of the object</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 2,241: / Line 2,366: @@
 <table bgcolor=#ffffff width=731 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To change the assigned binding layer of an object or group of objects:-</td>
+<td colspan=3><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To change the assigned binding layer of an object or group of objects:-</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Binding''' drop down box. For a '''single selected object only''' the binding layer (which may be '''&lt;none&gt;''') will be shown with a [[image:BulletTick.png|link=]] in front of its name</td>
+<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> inside the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Binding:&#160;</span> text box. A drop down list of all the layers in the route and session will be shown except, for a '''single selected object only''', the current layer for that object - an object cannot be bound to its own layer. The current binding layer (if already set) will be shown with a [[image:BulletTick.png|link=]] in front of its name</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>Select the '''Binding''' layer name from the drop down list. '''Note:''' the objects assigned layer will not appear in the list because an object cannot be bound to its own layer</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the name of the destination layer shown in the drop down list. Selecting the layer <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;&lt;none&gt;&#160;</span> will remove any set binding layer from the object or objects</td>
+<td width=300>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>The object layer and the binding layer do not have to be '''unlocked'''. All the objects do not have to be in the same layer</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td colspan=2>The layer reassignment will start the instant the layer is selected</td>
+<td colspan=2>Assigning the binding layer will start the instant the layer is selected</td>
 </tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+<br>
+<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
+<td>
-<td>If you see a '''Debugging Window''' on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed. You can then close the window</td>
+<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>If a '''Binding Layer''' is deleted then all the objects bound to that layer will have their '''Binding Layer''' reset to <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;&lt;none&gt;&#160;</span></td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 2,314: / Line 2,456: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=629><span id="stepTools"></span>
 ='''The Tools Palette'''=
 </td>
@@ Line 2,876: / Line 3,019: @@
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=220>[[image:ToolOptionsPaletteNone_S20.png|link=]]<br><br>
+<td width=220>[[image:ToolOptionsPaletteNone_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
-<tr valign="top">
-<td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
-<tr valign="top" align="left">
-<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-</td>
-</tr>
-</table>
-</td>
 <td>
 <table bgcolor=#000000 width=780 cellpadding=2>
@@ Line 3,098: / Line 3,228: @@
 </table>
 <br>
-<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
+<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>
+<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>
+<table>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside the box to open its menu list - see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Info Settings Menu|Info Settings Menu]]''' above for the details</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+<br>
+<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
@@ Line 3,166: / Line 3,320: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:BlueDot10x10.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>Most of the data entry boxes in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> have a '''Popup Menu'''. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: blue;">Right Click</span> inside a box to bring up its menu</td>
+<td>Most of the data entry boxes in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> have a '''Popup Menu'''. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: blue;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside a box to bring up its menu</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 3,215: / Line 3,369: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>Highlight the value in the text box (use a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> over the data entry or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select All&#160;</span> option first) before choosing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> options above</td>
+<td>Highlight the value in the text box (use a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> over the data entry or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select All&#160;</span> option first) before choosing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> options above</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 3,432: / Line 3,586: @@
 <tr valign="top" align="left">
 <td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
+<td>
+<table>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside the box to open its menu list - see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Info Settings Menu|Info Settings Menu]]''' above for the details</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 3,508: / Line 3,673: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
+<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 3,632: / Line 3,797: @@
 <tr valign="top" align="left">
 <td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
+<td>
+<table>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside the box to open its menu list - see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Info Settings Menu|Info Settings Menu]]''' above for the details</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 3,676: / Line 3,852: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=629><span id="stepAssets"></span>
 ='''The Assets Palette'''=
 </td>
@@ Line 3,849: / Line 4,026: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its name in the list
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its name in the list
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 3,915: / Line 4,092: @@
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td colspan=2>Each asset in the list has a '''Popup Menu'''. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on an asset to open its menu. You can also select multiple assets as described above and then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on any of the selected assets to open the common popup menu.</td>
+<td colspan=2>Each asset in the list has a '''Popup Menu'''. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on an asset to open its menu. You can also select multiple assets as described above and then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on any of the selected assets to open the common popup menu.</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 3,998: / Line 4,175: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>Open the '''Asset Preview Palette''' and then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on an asset name in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span>. This will create a rotating image of the asset in the '''Preview Palette'''. The '''Preview Palette''' can be resized.</td>
+<td>Open the '''Asset Preview Palette''' and then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on an asset name in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span>. This will create a rotating image of the asset in the '''Preview Palette'''. The '''Preview Palette''' can be resized.</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Thumbnail''' icon [[image:AssetsPaletteListToggleViewIcon S20.png|link=]] at the end of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Name Search&#160;</span> box. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#skip Thumbnail View|Thumbnail View]]''' below for more details.</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Thumbnail''' icon [[image:AssetsPaletteListToggleViewIcon S20.png|link=]] at the end of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Name Search&#160;</span> box. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#skip Thumbnail View|Thumbnail View]]''' below for more details.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 4,044: / Line 4,221: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>'''To Move:''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> the column heading left or right to a new position</td>
+<td>'''To Move:''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> the column heading left or right to a new position</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>'''To Resize:''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> the dividing line between two column headings left or right to reduce or increase the column width</td>
+<td>'''To Resize:''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> the dividing line between two column headings left or right to reduce or increase the column width</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 4,070: / Line 4,247: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>to sort the data in a column, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the column heading. Each <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> will cycle through different sorting options</td>
+<td>to sort the data in a column, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the column heading. Each <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> will cycle through different sorting options</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 4,086: / Line 4,263: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on a column heading where you want to insert a new column<br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on a column heading where you want to insert a new column<br>
 [[image:AssetsPaletteListAddColumn_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 4,098: / Line 4,275: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on the column heading and select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Remove Column&#160;</span></td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on the column heading and select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Remove Column&#160;</span></td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 4,123: / Line 4,300: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>You can hide, and even close, the palette and its new size and position will be restored when it is made visible again. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its '''Minimise''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;-&#160;</span> or '''Close''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> icon on its top menu bar, and then restore it to the screen using the [[image:SurveyorWindowIcon.png|link=]]&#160;'''Window&#160;Menu'''. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Minimise Maximise Close|Minimise Maximise Close]]''' at the top of this document.</td>
+<td>You can hide, and even close, the palette and its new size and position will be restored when it is made visible again. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its '''Minimise''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;-&#160;</span> or '''Close''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> icon on its top menu bar, and then restore it to the screen using the [[image:SurveyorWindowIcon.png|link=]]&#160;'''Window&#160;Menu'''. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Minimise Maximise Close|Minimise Maximise Close]]''' at the top of this document.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 4,168: / Line 4,345: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the '''Thumbnail''' icon [[image:AssetsPaletteListToggleViewIcon S20.png|link=]] at the end of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Name Search&#160;</span> box</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the '''Thumbnail''' icon [[image:AssetsPaletteListToggleViewIcon S20.png|link=]] at the end of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Name Search&#160;</span> box</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 4,175: / Line 4,352: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the '''Thumbnail''' icon [[image:AssetsPaletteListToggleViewIcon S20.png|link=]] at the end of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Name Search&#160;</span> box</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the '''Thumbnail''' icon [[image:AssetsPaletteListToggleViewIcon S20.png|link=]] at the end of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Name Search&#160;</span> box</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 4,207: / Line 4,384: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its thumbnail
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its thumbnail
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 4,247: / Line 4,424: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>Open the '''Asset Preview Palette''' and then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on an asset name in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span>. This will create a rotating image of the asset in the '''Preview Palette'''. The '''Preview Palette''' can be resized.</td>
+<td>Open the '''Asset Preview Palette''' and then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on an asset name in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span>. This will create a rotating image of the asset in the '''Preview Palette'''. The '''Preview Palette''' can be resized.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 4,845: / Line 5,022: @@
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>The '''Filter Selections''' are activated by either a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on a icon that represents a type of asset (e.g. Trains), or by selecting the type of asset from a drop down list. The drop down box also provides additional selections that are not available in the icons.</td>
+<td>The '''Filter Selections''' are activated by either a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on a icon that represents a type of asset (e.g. Trains), or by selecting the type of asset from a drop down list. The drop down box also provides additional selections that are not available in the icons.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 4,858: / Line 5,035: @@
 <table width=296 bgcolor=#ffffff>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td width=296>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on an asset selection icon</td>
+<td width=296>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on an asset selection icon</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 4,909: / Line 5,086: @@
 <table bgcolor=#ffffff>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the '''Content Drop-down Box'''<br>
+<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the '''Content Drop-down Box'''<br>
 [[image:FilterPaletteOpenSelections_S20.png|link=|alt=Filter List]]<br>
 Then select the asset type you want
@@ Line 5,026: / Line 5,203: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its name in the list
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its name in the list
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 5,132: / Line 5,309: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td >[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>each column can be '''Sorted''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on a column heading. Each <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> will cycle through different sorting options</td>
+<td>each column can be '''Sorted''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on a column heading. Each <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> will cycle through different sorting options</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 5,184: / Line 5,361: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>You can toggle an individual asset, '''ON/OFF''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its toggle icon</td>
+<td>You can toggle an individual asset, '''ON/OFF''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its toggle icon</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>You can toggle a group of selected assets '''ON/OFF''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the toggle icon of any selected asset</td>
+<td>You can toggle a group of selected assets '''ON/OFF''' by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the toggle icon of any selected asset</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 5,195: / Line 5,372: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>'''Popup Menu'''</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on an asset to open its menu. The available options are:-
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on an asset to open its menu. The available options are:-
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 5,439: / Line 5,616: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>In the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Filter&#160;Palette&#160;</span> open the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Filter Toggles&#160;</span> by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''arrowhead''' or on the "&#8470; of assets enabled" counter</td>
+<td>In the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Filter&#160;Palette&#160;</span> open the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Filter Toggles&#160;</span> by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''arrowhead''' or on the "&#8470; of assets enabled" counter</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 5,529: / Line 5,706: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3Blue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Toggle''' icon of any one of the assets to set them all to '''OFF'''</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Toggle''' icon of any one of the assets to set them all to '''OFF'''</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 5,560: / Line 5,737: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint5Blue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Toggle''' icon of any one of the selected assets to set them all to '''ON'''</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Toggle''' icon of any one of the selected assets to set them all to '''ON'''</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 5,683: / Line 5,860: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Alt&#160;</span> key and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the object</td>
+<td>hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Alt&#160;</span> key and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the object</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 5,788: / Line 5,965: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>In the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span> filtered list <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on the replacement asset to open its menu</td>
+<td>In the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span> filtered list <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on the replacement asset to open its menu</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 5,932: / Line 6,109: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''unlocked''' (open padlock) icon to lock '''ALL''' the '''Route Layers'''<br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''unlocked''' (open padlock) icon to lock '''ALL''' the '''Route Layers'''<br>
 The icon will change to [[image:LayerLocked_S20.png|link=]] (locked)</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''locked''' (closed padlock) icon to unlock '''ALL''' the route layers<br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''locked''' (closed padlock) icon to unlock '''ALL''' the route layers<br>
 The icon will change to [[image:LayerUnLocked_S20.png|link=]] (unlocked)</td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 5,959: / Line 6,136: @@
 </table>					<!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
-To the left of each group name is a small arrowhead pointing to the right. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the arrowhead to open up the group.<br>
+To the left of each group name is a small arrowhead pointing to the right. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the arrowhead to open up the group.<br>
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:LayersPalette_S20_SessionLayersOpen.png|link=|alt=Layers palette with session layers open]]</td>
-<td>The image on the left shows that the '''Session Layers''' is open and its individual layers are now displayed. To close or minimise the group <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the arrowhead again.<br>
+<td>The image on the left shows that the '''Session Layers''' is open and its individual layers are now displayed. To close or minimise the group <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the arrowhead again.<br>
 The image shows that the '''Session Layers''' contains 3 individual layers:-
 <table>
@@ Line 5,980: / Line 6,157: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>the '''Rail Workers''' layer is highlighted with <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: black; background-color: lightgrey;">&#160;Light Grey&#160;</span> background which means that it has been selected by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> and is now the '''Active Layer''' where any newly placed assets will be added</td>
+<td>the '''Rail Workers''' layer is highlighted with <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: black; background-color: lightgrey;">&#160;Light Grey&#160;</span> background which means that it has been selected by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> and is now the '''Active Layer''' where any newly placed assets will be added</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 6,010: / Line 6,187: @@
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td>Each Layer Group has a [[image:LayerAdd_S20.png|link=]] icon next to its name. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the icon to add and name a new layer to that group. If you are adding a new '''Effect Layer''' then you will also have to identify the type of effect - '''TurfFX''', '''Clutter''', '''Water''' or (in '''Trainz Plus''' only) '''Color'''.</td>
+<td>Each Layer Group has a [[image:LayerAdd_S20.png|link=]] icon next to its name. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the icon to add and name a new layer to that group. If you are adding a new '''Effect Layer''' then you will also have to identify the type of effect - '''TurfFX''', '''Clutter''', '''Water''' or (in '''Trainz Plus''' only) '''Color'''.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 6,041: / Line 6,218: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on a layer name and select <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rename Layer..&#160;</span> from the popup menu. You cannot rename a '''Layer Group'''.</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on a layer name and select <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rename Layer..&#160;</span> from the popup menu. You cannot rename a '''Layer Group'''.</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 6,113: / Line 6,290: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on a layer name and select <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete Layer&#160;</span> from the popup menu. You cannot select a '''Layer Group''' name to be deleted.<br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on a layer name and select <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete Layer&#160;</span> from the popup menu. You cannot select a '''Layer Group''' name to be deleted.<br>
 You will be given a warning that you are about to delete a layer.</td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 6,223: / Line 6,400: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> the layer name up or down to its new position. '''Note:''' You cannot move a '''Layer Group'''.<br><br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> the layer name up or down to its new position. '''Note:''' You cannot move a '''Layer Group'''.<br><br>
 In the image on the left the '''Rail Workers''' layer is being moved up from the '''Session Layers Group''' into the '''Route Layers Group'''. This will also change where the assets in that layer are saved from the '''Session''' to the '''Route'''</td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 6,395: / Line 6,572: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on a layer name in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Layers&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on a layer name in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Layers&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 6,468: / Line 6,645: @@
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Eye''' icon to toggle its state between '''visible''' and '''hidden'''.
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Eye''' icon to toggle its state between '''visible''' and '''hidden'''.
 <table width=400>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 6,553: / Line 6,730: @@
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Padlock''' icon to toggle its state between '''locked''' and '''unlocked'''
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Padlock''' icon to toggle its state between '''locked''' and '''unlocked'''
 <table width=250>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 6,656: / Line 6,833: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the layer name.
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the layer name.
 </td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 6,725: / Line 6,902: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the small arrowhead next to the layer name. This will open the layer properties for the selected object</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the small arrowhead next to the layer name. This will open the layer properties for the selected object</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the '''Layer''' drop down box to select a new layer for the object
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the '''Layer''' drop down box to select a new layer for the object
 <table bgcolor=#fcbcbc cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 6,740: / Line 6,917: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>if required, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the '''Binding''' drop down box to select a new binding layer for the object. See the section [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer|Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer]]''' for more information on '''Binding''' objects to layers</td>
+<td>if required, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the '''Binding''' drop down box to select a new binding layer for the object. See the section [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer|Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer]]''' for more information on '''Binding''' objects to layers</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>if required, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Lock Layer&#160;</span> button to lock the selected layer. If the layer is already locked then this will be shown as an <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Unlock Layer&#160;</span> button
+<td>if required, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Lock Layer&#160;</span> button to lock the selected layer. If the layer is already locked then this will be shown as an <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Unlock Layer&#160;</span> button
 </td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 6,913: / Line 7,090: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:ScrapbookPinnedIcon_S20.png|link=]][[image:ScrapbookUnPinnedIcon_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the pin icon to Lock (blue pin) and Unlock (white pin) the scrapbook. Locked scrapbooks are permanent (but can still be deleted). Unlocked scrapbooks will "expire" (self delete) after 5 days</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the pin icon to Lock (blue pin) and Unlock (white pin) the scrapbook. Locked scrapbooks are permanent (but can still be deleted). Unlocked scrapbooks will "expire" (self delete) after 5 days</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DeleteIcon_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the delete icon to delete the current scrapbook - most scrapbooks can be deleted (see '''Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks''' below on how to deal with the exceptions to this)<br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the delete icon to delete the current scrapbook - most scrapbooks can be deleted (see '''Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks''' below on how to deal with the exceptions to this)<br>
 <table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 6,936: / Line 7,113: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:ScrapbookLeftRight_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;&lt;&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;&gt;&#160;</span> to move forwards or backwards through the stored scrapbooks to select the scrapbook that will be added to the '''Trainz World'''</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;&lt;&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;&gt;&#160;</span> to move forwards or backwards through the stored scrapbooks to select the scrapbook that will be added to the '''Trainz World'''</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>&#160;</td>
-<td>The scrapbook name can be edited. Simply <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> inside the name box to edit or replace the current name then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the image <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enter&#160;</span> key</td>
+<td>The scrapbook name can be edited. Simply <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> inside the name box to edit or replace the current name then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the image <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enter&#160;</span> key</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 7,165: / Line 7,342: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>Most scrapbooks, old and new, can be deleted at any time by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Delete''' [[image:DeleteIcon_S20.png|link=]] icon. See '''Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks''' in the section above for the exceptions</td>
+<td>Most scrapbooks, old and new, can be deleted at any time by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Delete''' [[image:DeleteIcon_S20.png|link=]] icon. See '''Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks''' in the section above for the exceptions</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 7,191: / Line 7,368: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>'''Give it a name''' - <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> inside the '''Name Text Box''' and type a new name. To set its new name <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the image <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enter&#160;</span> key</td>
+<td>'''Give it a name''' - <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> inside the '''Name Text Box''' and type a new name. To set its new name <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the image <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enter&#160;</span> key</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>'''Make it permanent''' - <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the white '''Pin''' icon ([[image:ScrapbookUnPinnedIcon_S20.png|link=]]) to change it to blue. The scrapbook will no longer expire but it can still be deleted at any time</td>
+<td>'''Make it permanent''' - <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the white '''Pin''' icon ([[image:ScrapbookUnPinnedIcon_S20.png|link=]]) to change it to blue. The scrapbook will no longer expire but it can still be deleted at any time</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 7,203: / Line 7,380: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>The '''Pinning''' of any scrapbook can be reversed so that it will expire in 5 days time. Simply <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the '''Blue''' pin icon to change it back to '''White'''.</td>
+<td>The '''Pinning''' of any scrapbook can be reversed so that it will expire in 5 days time. Simply <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the '''Blue''' pin icon to change it back to '''White'''.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 7,399: / Line 7,576: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>Every <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> will paste another complete scrapbook copy</td>
+<td>Every <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> will paste another complete scrapbook copy</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 7,458: / Line 7,635: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>Most of the data entry boxes in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> have a '''Popup Menu''' (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> inside the box) that can be used to collect and distribute data - see the Wiki Page [[image:WikiLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[How to Use S20 Palettes#Tool Options Popups|How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Palettes]]''' for more details.</td>
+<td>Most of the data entry boxes in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #797979;">&#160;Tool&#160;Options&#160;Palette&#160;</span> have a '''Popup Menu''' (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside the box) that can be used to collect and distribute data - see the Wiki Page [[image:WikiLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[How to Use S20 Palettes#Tool Options Popups|How to Use the Surveyor 2.0 Palettes]]''' for more details.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 7,744: / Line 7,921: @@
 </td>
 </tr>
+</table>
+<br>
+<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td colspan=2>
-<table width=420 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
+<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
-<tr valign="top">
-<td colspan=2>
-<table width=416 bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top" align="left">
 <td width=25>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
-<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
+<td>
+<table>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> up or down on these to adjust the value in smaller increments</td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
+<td>Each data entry box has a drop down menu list of options. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> inside the box to open its menu list - see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Info Settings Menu|Info Settings Menu]]''' above for the details</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 7,762: / Line 7,947: @@
 </table>
 <br>
-<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
+<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
+<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<table width=996>
+<table>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
@@ Line 7,878: / Line 8,063: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''arrowhead''' next to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Filters:&#160;</span> label below the scrapbook image to open the scrapbook filters.</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''arrowhead''' next to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Filters:&#160;</span> label below the scrapbook image to open the scrapbook filters.</td>
 </tr>
 <tr>
@@ Line 8,211: / Line 8,396: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:S20_PalettePackagesDisabled.png|link=]] ('''Disabled''' icon) after the name of the package</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:S20_PalettePackagesDisabled.png|link=]] ('''Disabled''' icon) after the name of the package</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 8,218: / Line 8,403: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:S20_PalettePackagesEnabled.png|link=]] ('''Enabled''' icon) after the name of the package</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:S20_PalettePackagesEnabled.png|link=]] ('''Enabled''' icon) after the name of the package</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 8,281: / Line 8,466: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Right Click</span> on the package name</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Right Click&#160;</span> on the package name</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 8,330: / Line 8,515: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:S20_PalettePackagesUninstall.png|link=]]<br>
-<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> to uninstall the package but first read the '''Warning''' below</td>
+<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> to uninstall the package but first read the '''Warning''' below</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:S20_PalettePackagesListFeatured.png|link=]]<br>
-<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> to open a '''Content Manager''' window listing the contents of this package</td>
+<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> to open a '''Content Manager''' window listing the contents of this package</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 8,391: / Line 8,576: @@
 </table>
 <br>
-With or without any packages enabled, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the icon showing 3 horizontal bars (bottom right) to open a menu.<br>
+With or without any packages enabled, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the icon showing 3 horizontal bars (bottom right) to open a menu.<br>
 [[image:S20_PalettePackagesMenu.png|link=]]<br>
 <table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
@@ Line 8,476: / Line 8,661: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the first asset in the '''Content Manager''' window</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the first asset in the '''Content Manager''' window</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 8,530: / Line 8,715: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;</span> button at the bottom of the palette window.</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;</span> button at the bottom of the palette window.</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 8,548: / Line 8,733: @@
 <td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Note:'''</span><br>
 ----
-If you have '''NOT''' already saved this route then it will be saved using '''"New Route"''' as its name. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cancel&#160;</span>, save using your preferred route name and then return to the '''Content Packages Palette'''.
+If you have '''NOT''' already saved this route then it will be saved using '''"New Route"''' as its name. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cancel&#160;</span>, save using your preferred route name and then return to the '''Content Packages Palette'''.
 </td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 8,559: / Line 8,744: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>To accept the changes, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #009fe9;">&#160;OK&#160;</span></td>
+<td>To accept the changes, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: #009fe9;">&#160;OK&#160;</span></td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 8,592: / Line 8,777: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>To proceed <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;OK&#160;</span><br>
+<td>To proceed <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;OK&#160;</span><br>
-To cancel the upload <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cancel&#160;</span></td>
+To cancel the upload <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cancel&#160;</span></td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 8,657: / Line 8,842: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>in '''Driver''' or '''Surveyor''' open the [[image:SurveyorWindowIcon.png|link=]]&#160;'''Window&#160;Menu''' and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Driver&#160;Control&#160;Center&#160;</span> option</td>
+<td>in '''Driver''' or '''Surveyor''' open the [[image:SurveyorWindowIcon.png|link=]]&#160;'''Window&#160;Menu''' and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Driver&#160;Control&#160;Center&#160;</span> option</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>In '''Driver''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Driver Icon''' at the bottom left of the screen</td>
+<td>In '''Driver''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Driver Icon''' at the bottom left of the screen</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 8,786: / Line 8,971: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=130>[[image:DriverPalettePlayerControl_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> to open a drop down menu to assign this driver to:-</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> to open a drop down menu to assign this driver to:-</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 8,802: / Line 8,987: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=35>[[image:DriverPaletteDeleteDriver_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> to '''Delete''' the current driver
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> to '''Delete''' the current driver
 </td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 8,809: / Line 8,994: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=35>[[image:DriverPaletteGetOffTrain_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>If a driver has been assigned to a train (drivers '''Adair''' and '''Bald''') then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> this icon to '''Remove''' the driver from this train. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Switching Drivers|Switching Drivers]]''' below
+<td>If a driver has been assigned to a train (drivers '''Adair''' and '''Bald''') then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> this icon to '''Remove''' the driver from this train. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Switching Drivers|Switching Drivers]]''' below
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 8,822: / Line 9,007: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=35>[[image:DriverPaletteSwitchTo_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>If a driver is available for use ('''Player Controlled''') but has '''NOT''' been assigned to a train (driver '''Kenny''') then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> this icon to select a train to assign to this driver. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Assigning Drivers|Assigning Drivers]]''' below
+<td>If a driver is available for use ('''Player Controlled''') but has '''NOT''' been assigned to a train (driver '''Kenny''') then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> this icon to select a train to assign to this driver. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Assigning Drivers|Assigning Drivers]]''' below
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 8,835: / Line 9,020: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=35>[[image:DriverPaletteViewDriverDetails_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> to view and edit the details for the current driver and train. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Driver Properties|Driver Properties]]''' below
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> to view and edit the details for the current driver and train. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Driver Properties|Driver Properties]]''' below
 </td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 8,842: / Line 9,027: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=35>[[image:DriverPaletteFocusOnDriver_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> this icon to change the camera focus to this driver. The blue background identifies the driver with the current camera focus
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> this icon to change the camera focus to this driver. The blue background identifies the driver with the current camera focus
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 8,855: / Line 9,040: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=35>[[image:DriverPaletteAddDriverIcon_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>Located at the bottom of the driver list (you may have to scroll down) <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> to '''Add a New Driver'''. See '''Adding a Driver''' below</td>
+<td>Located at the bottom of the driver list (you may have to scroll down) <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> to '''Add a New Driver'''. See '''Adding a Driver''' below</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 8,935: / Line 9,120: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the button to open the '''Driver Selection''' window shown on the left</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the button to open the '''Driver Selection''' window shown on the left</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>select (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on) a driver and then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the tick icon [[image:Tick.PNG|link=]]</td>
+<td>select (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on) a driver and then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the tick icon [[image:Tick.PNG|link=]]</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 9,003: / Line 9,188: @@
 <td width=35>[[image:DriverPaletteSwitchTo_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 <td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Move to Destination&#160;</span><br>
-You can reasign the driver by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the icon to select a new train for this driver. The '''Drivers Palette''' will change to the image shown below right</td>
+You can reasign the driver by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the icon to select a new train for this driver. The '''Drivers Palette''' will change to the image shown below right</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 9,025: / Line 9,210: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on a train in your '''Trainz World''' that does not already have an assigned driver. The selected driver will then be assigned to this train</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on a train in your '''Trainz World''' that does not already have an assigned driver. The selected driver will then be assigned to this train</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:DriverPaletteDeleteDriver_S20.png|link=]] icon <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Esc&#160;</span> key to '''Cancel''' the selection operation and return to the normal '''Drivers Palette'''</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:DriverPaletteDeleteDriver_S20.png|link=]] icon <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Esc&#160;</span> key to '''Cancel''' the selection operation and return to the normal '''Drivers Palette'''</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Add New Driver''' button [[image:DriverPaletteAddDriverIcon_S20.png|link=]] to select and add a new unassigned driver to the palette as described in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Adding a Driver|Adding a Driver]]''' above. Then repeat the process described from <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size:15;">Step <span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;1&#160;</span></span> above</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Add New Driver''' button [[image:DriverPaletteAddDriverIcon_S20.png|link=]] to select and add a new unassigned driver to the palette as described in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Adding a Driver|Adding a Driver]]''' above. Then repeat the process described from <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size:15;">Step <span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;1&#160;</span></span> above</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,082: / Line 9,267: @@
 <td width=35>[[image:DriverPaletteGetOffTrain_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 <td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Get off Train&#160;</span><br>
-<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the icon to leave the assigned train so that the driver can be assigned to another or none</td>
+<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the icon to leave the assigned train so that the driver can be assigned to another or none</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,097: / Line 9,282: @@
 <td width=35>[[image:DriverPaletteSwitchTo_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 <td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Move to Destination&#160;</span><br>
-This is '''optional'''. You can reasign the driver by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the icon to select a new train for this driver. The '''Drivers Palette''' will change to the image shown below right</td>
+This is '''optional'''. You can reasign the driver by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the icon to select a new train for this driver. The '''Drivers Palette''' will change to the image shown below right</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 9,123: / Line 9,308: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on a train in your '''Trainz World''' that does not already have an assigned driver. The selected driver will then be assigned to this train</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on a train in your '''Trainz World''' that does not already have an assigned driver. The selected driver will then be assigned to this train</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:DriverPaletteDeleteDriver_S20.png|link=]] icon <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Esc&#160;</span> key to '''Cancel''' the selection operation and return to the normal '''Drivers Palette'''</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:DriverPaletteDeleteDriver_S20.png|link=]] icon <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span> press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Esc&#160;</span> key to '''Cancel''' the selection operation and return to the normal '''Drivers Palette'''</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Add New Driver''' button [[image:DriverPaletteAddDriverIcon_S20.png|link=]] to select and add a new unassigned driver to the palette as described in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Adding a Driver|Adding a Driver]]''' above. Then continue the process described from <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size:15;">Step <span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;2&#160;</span></span> above</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Add New Driver''' button [[image:DriverPaletteAddDriverIcon_S20.png|link=]] to select and add a new unassigned driver to the palette as described in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Adding a Driver|Adding a Driver]]''' above. Then continue the process described from <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size:15;">Step <span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;2&#160;</span></span> above</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,176: / Line 9,361: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Driver Icon''' at the bottom left of the screen</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Driver Icon''' at the bottom left of the screen</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>select the driver from the driver list (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its '''Eye''' icon if it is not the driver with the '''focus''')</td>
+<td>select the driver from the driver list (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its '''Eye''' icon if it is not the driver with the '''focus''')</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:DriverPaletteViewDriverDetails_S20.png|link=]] '''View Driver Properties''' Tool for that driver</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:DriverPaletteViewDriverDetails_S20.png|link=]] '''View Driver Properties''' Tool for that driver</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,202: / Line 9,387: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>select the driver from the driver list (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on its '''Eye''' icon if it is not the driver with the '''focus''')
+<td>select the driver from the driver list (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on its '''Eye''' icon if it is not the driver with the '''focus''')
 </td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:DriverPaletteViewDriverDetails_S20.png|link=]] '''View Driver Properties''' Tool for that driver</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:DriverPaletteViewDriverDetails_S20.png|link=]] '''View Driver Properties''' Tool for that driver</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,632: / Line 9,817: @@
 </table>
 <br>
-<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette''' or '''Driver Control Center'''.</td>
+<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette''' or '''Driver Control Center'''.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,700: / Line 9,885: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the white '''Down Arrowhead''' following the name of the assigned locomotive</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the white '''Down Arrowhead''' following the name of the assigned locomotive</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 9,760: / Line 9,945: @@
 <table width=1000>
 <tr valign="top">
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette'''.</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette'''.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,794: / Line 9,979: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=205>[[image:DriverPaletteShowPriority_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the white down arrowhead next to the label '''Priority''' and select a priority value <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;1&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;2&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;3&#160;</span> to assign to this train</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the white down arrowhead next to the label '''Priority''' and select a priority value <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;1&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;2&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;3&#160;</span> to assign to this train</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,803: / Line 9,988: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=320>[[image:DriverPaletteShowClassification_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the white down arrowhead and select a running classification for this train</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the white down arrowhead and select a running classification for this train</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,812: / Line 9,997: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=125>[[image:DriverPaletteShowDriver_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the white down arrowhead just below the '''Driver Image''' and select an option<br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the white down arrowhead just below the '''Driver Image''' and select an option<br>
 <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Show Driver &lt;Name of Driver&gt;&#160;</span> will re-open the '''Train Properties''' window if it had been closed or minimised<br>
 <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Move to Train...&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Get off Train&#160;</span> are the same as described above</td>
@@ Line 9,824: / Line 10,009: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Driver Properties''' window.</td>
+<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Driver Properties''' window.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,855: / Line 10,040: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the window icon [[image:DriverPaletteScriptPropertiesIcon_S20.png|link=]] to open the '''Script Properties''' window</td>
+<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the window icon [[image:DriverPaletteScriptPropertiesIcon_S20.png|link=]] to open the '''Script Properties''' window</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
 <td width=325>[[image:DriverPaletteScriptPropertiesWindow_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] button to close the window</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] button to close the window</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,890: / Line 10,075: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enable Editing&#160;</span> button</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enable Editing&#160;</span> button</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>All the script controlled properties of that particular locomotive, as shown left, can be opened (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the link) and edited</td>
+<td>All the script controlled properties of that particular locomotive, as shown left, can be opened (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the link) and edited</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>To '''Save''' your edits <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Save Changes&#160;</span> button, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span><br>
+<td>To '''Save''' your edits <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Save Changes&#160;</span> button, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span><br>
-To '''Cancel''' your edits <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cancel&#160;</span> button</td>
+To '''Cancel''' your edits <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cancel&#160;</span> button</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 9,949: / Line 10,134: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the white '''Down Arrowhead''' following the name of the player</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the white '''Down Arrowhead''' following the name of the player</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 10,010: / Line 10,195: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette'''.</td>
+<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette'''.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 10,129: / Line 10,314: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the '''Command Point''' identified by the red circle in the image above left and the red arrow in the image left</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the '''Command Point''' identified by the red circle in the image above left and the red arrow in the image left</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 10,166: / Line 10,351: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> the command to be removed '''out''' of the '''Command Status''' area and release the mouse button</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> the command to be removed '''out''' of the '''Command Status''' area and release the mouse button</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 10,198: / Line 10,383: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette'''.</td>
+<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette'''.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 10,237: / Line 10,422: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the coloured dots to toggle them on/off and filter the log entries by message type
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the coloured dots to toggle them on/off and filter the log entries by message type
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 10,260: / Line 10,445: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Search&#160;</span> text box to enter a text string to filter the log entries</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Search&#160;</span> text box to enter a text string to filter the log entries</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 10,273: / Line 10,458: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>
-<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette'''.</td>
+<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Close&#160;</span> button to close the window and return to the '''Drivers Palette'''.</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 10,730: / Line 10,915: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>the coloured dots will filter the types of messages shown in the display. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on a coloured dot to toggle on/off each message type
+<td>the coloured dots will filter the types of messages shown in the display. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on a coloured dot to toggle on/off each message type
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 10,760: / Line 10,945: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
-<td>the display can be filtered by its data categories. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the down arrowhead next to the title '''Item (All)''' to reveal the different data categories
+<td>the display can be filtered by its data categories. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the down arrowhead next to the title '''Item (All)''' to reveal the different data categories
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=140>[[image:DispatchManagerSelection_S20.png|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on a category name (e.g. '''Industries''') to filter the display using that category<br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on a category name (e.g. '''Industries''') to filter the display using that category<br>
 [[image:DispatchManagerShowIndustriesi_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 10,825: / Line 11,010: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the down arrowhead at the end of the '''Status''' description of the required item. The options shown in a sub menu will depend on the type of item selected and if it has any active tasks</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the down arrowhead at the end of the '''Status''' description of the required item. The options shown in a sub menu will depend on the type of item selected and if it has any active tasks</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 11,140: / Line 11,325: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td>If you have opened the '''Dispatch Manager''' and '''Industry Properties''' Windows from '''Driver''' then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enable Editing&#160;</span> button at the bottom of the '''Industry Properties''' Window</td>
+<td>If you have opened the '''Dispatch Manager''' and '''Industry Properties''' Windows from '''Driver''' then <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enable Editing&#160;</span> button at the bottom of the '''Industry Properties''' Window</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 13,218: / Line 13,403: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the coloured dots to toggle them on/off and filter the log entries by message type
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the coloured dots to toggle them on/off and filter the log entries by message type
 <table>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 13,241: / Line 13,426: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Search&#160;</span> text box to enter a text string to filter the log entries</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Search&#160;</span> text box to enter a text string to filter the log entries</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 13,264: / Line 13,449: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the palette</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the palette</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 13,334: / Line 13,519: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the window</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the window</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 13,351: / Line 13,536: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on a '''boxed''' item to select an option from its drop down menu (see below)</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on a '''boxed''' item to select an option from its drop down menu (see below)</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>In the calendar <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on date (the day and/or the left/right month arrows) to change the season of the year or enter a new date in the text entry box (the year entered does not matter)</td>
+<td>In the calendar <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on date (the day and/or the left/right month arrows) to change the season of the year or enter a new date in the text entry box (the year entered does not matter)</td>
 </tr>
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>In the clock <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click and Drag</span> the clock hand around the dial to change the time of day</td>
+<td>In the clock <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click and Drag&#160;</span> the clock hand around the dial to change the time of day</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 13,533: / Line 13,718: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the window</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the window</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 13,554: / Line 13,739: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on an icon to select its commodity. The message at the top of the palette will change to confirm the selection<br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on an icon to select its commodity. The message at the top of the palette will change to confirm the selection<br>
 [[image:CommodityPickerPaletteClick_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 </tr>
@@ Line 13,564: / Line 13,749: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the rolling stock object to restrict it to the selected product only. If the change is accepted then the mouse pointer will change to the icon for the selected product [[image:CommodityPickerPaletteSetIcon_S20.png|link=]]<br>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the rolling stock object to restrict it to the selected product only. If the change is accepted then the mouse pointer will change to the icon for the selected product [[image:CommodityPickerPaletteSetIcon_S20.png|link=]]<br>
 <table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
 <tr valign="top">
@@ Line 13,649: / Line 13,834: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td>A [[image:Tick.PNG|link=]] icon indicates no more messages. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:Tick.PNG|link=]] or the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icons to close the window</td>
+<td>A [[image:Tick.PNG|link=]] icon indicates no more messages. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:Tick.PNG|link=]] or the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icons to close the window</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 13,737: / Line 13,922: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the window</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the window</td>
 </tr>
 </table>
@@ Line 13,811: / Line 13,996: @@
 <tr valign="top">
 <td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
-<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">Left Click</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the window</td>
+<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: lightcyan;">&#160;Left Click&#160;</span> on the [[image:Cross.PNG|link=]] icon to close the window</td>
 </tr>
 </table>

How to Use S20 Palettes

Latest revision as of 23:12, 14 August 2025

Contents

[edit] The Trainz Plus World

[edit] Hiding and Showing Palettes and Windows

[edit] Docking and Undocking Palettes

[edit] Resizing Palettes and Windows

[edit] Minimise Maximise Close

[edit] The Info Palette

[edit] Palette Coordinates

[edit] Info Settings Menu

[edit] Focus Info and Controls

[edit] Asset Name Menu

[edit] Object Name

[edit] Position Info and Controls

[edit] Rotation Info and Controls

[edit] Layer Info and Controls

[edit] Assigning Objects to a Different Layer

[edit] Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer

[edit] The Tools Palette

[edit] The Brush Tool

[edit] The Placement Tool

[edit] The Eyedropper Tool

[edit] The Free Move Tool

[edit] The Fine Adjustment Tool

[edit] The Marquee Tool

[edit] The Tool Options Palette

[edit] Tool Options Popups

[edit] Tool Options Active Controls

[edit] The Assets Palette

[edit] Using the Assets Palette

[edit] Expanding the Assets List View

[edit] Thumbnail View

[edit] Picklists and Search Filters

[edit] Using Search Filters and Picklists

[edit] Creating and Editing a Picklist

[edit] Editing a Search Filter

[edit] The Filter Palette

[edit] Filter Actions

[edit] Filter Selections

[edit] Using the Filter and Assets Palettes

[edit] Filter Toggles

[edit] Bulk Replace Asset Tool (Trainz Plus Only)

[edit] 1. Check the Compatibility

[edit] 2. Identify the Objects to be Replaced

[edit] 3. Disable the Filter Action

[edit] 4. Identify the Replacement Asset

[edit] 5. Bulk Replace Assets

[edit] The Layers Palette

[edit] Lock the Route Layer Group

[edit] Open a Layer Group

[edit] Add a New Layer

[edit] Renaming a Layer

[edit] Deleting a Layer

[edit] Moving a Layer

[edit] Merging a Layer

[edit] Hiding Layers

[edit] Locking Layers

[edit] Setting the Active Layer

[edit] Move an Object to Another Layer

[edit] The Scrapbook Palette

[edit] Creating a New Scrapbook

[edit] Painting or Pasting a Scrapbook

[edit] Painting a Scrapbook

[edit] Using the Scrapbook Clone Brush

[edit] Scrapbook Tool Options Settings

[edit] Pasting a Scrapbook

[edit] Setting the Scrapbook Filters

[edit] The Asset Preview Palette

[edit] The Content Packages Palette

[edit] Content Package Details

[edit] Testing the Packages

[edit] Dealing with Unsupported Assets

[edit] Apply and Upload

[edit] The Driver Control Center

[edit] Adding a Driver

[edit] Assigning Drivers

[edit] Switching Drivers

[edit] Driver Properties

[edit] In Surveyor and Driver